mRGseLsZ

1{
2    "contents": [
3        {
4            "TITLE": "Performance: Course Engagement ",
5            "fields": {
6                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360015950353-Performance-Course-Engagement-",
7                "PARAGRAPHS": [
8                    "The Course engagement tab includes analytics about how students are consuming the content in your courses.",
9                    "How to Navigate to Your Course Engagement Tab",
10                    "You can find the Course engagement features as part of the instructor Performance features:",
11                    "Navigate to the Performance features\n\n\nClick on Course engagement from the left-hand menu of Performance features\n\n\nMinutes Taught and Active Students",
12                    "The statistics of minutes taught and active students are displayed at the top of the Course engagement page.",
13                    "For the time period you select, via the date range filter, minutes taught is the total minutes of lectures students have collectively viewed for your courses.",
14                    "Active students represents the number of students who have started a lecture over the selected time period.",
15                    "The corresponding graph below shows the breakdown by month or day, depending on the date range you’ve selected.",
16                    "All Course View",
17                    "Currently, a table displays the number of minutes taught and active students for each of your courses. Additional course-level and lecture-level metrics will be added to the Course engagement feature in the coming months."
18                ]
19            }
20        },
21        {
22            "TITLE": "Udemy Event Terms And Conditions",
23            "fields": {
24                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360011645614-Udemy-Event-Terms-And-Conditions",
25                "PARAGRAPHS": [
26                    "These Event Terms and Conditions (“Terms”) are an agreement between Udemy, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Udemy”) and you or the entity you represent (\"you\"). By registering for or participating in this Udemy event (“Event”), you confirm that you have read, understand and agree to these Terms and Udemy’s Terms of Use and Privacy Policy (“Privacy Policy”). The Terms may be modified at any time by posting a revised version on the Udemy website located at https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/ or by providing other notice to you. By participating in the Event, you agree to the latest version of these Terms.",
27                    "Registration\n\nTo register for the Event, you must complete the Event registration process and pay all required registration fees  (if any) prior to any deadlines described on the registration page for the Event. Event registrations are subject to availability and may close earlier than posted deadlines.",
28                    "Payment\n\nIf the registration page for the Event states that registration fees or other fees are required for the Event (all such fees listed on the registration page, the “Fees”), payment must be made at the time you register for the Event. Udemy reserves the right to cancel your registration without notice for failure to pay in accordance with these Terms. Udemy is not responsible for any damages, direct or indirect, resulting from such cancellation. You may only apply one discount, if any, towards registration for this Event.",
29                    "Cancellation by You\n\nIf registration fees or other fees are required for the Event, cancellation instructions and the refund policy will be listed on the registration page for the Event.",
30                    "Event Program and Cancellation by Us\n\nThe Event program is subject to change. Udemy may cancel the Event at any time and may deny, limit or cancel a registration for the Event (including a confirmed registration) at any time. Udemy is not responsible for any damages, direct or indirect, resulting from such cancellation. If Udemy cancels the Event or your registration, so long as you are in compliance with these Terms and any refund policy listed on the registration page for the Event, Udemy will issue you a full refund of any Event registration fee that you have paid in accordance with these Terms. In the event of any cancellation by you or Udemy, Sections 2–4, 6-7 and 9-10 of these Terms will continue in full force and effect.",
31                    "Code of Conduct\n\nYou agree to behave in such a way as to create a safe, supportive learning environment while at the Event and any related events. You agree not to engage in disruptive speech or behavior or otherwise interfere with the Event or other individuals’ participation in the Event. You will comply with all applicable laws and agree not to engage in  any form of harassing, offensive, discriminatory or threatening speech or behavior, including relating to race, gender, sexual orientation, religion or disability. Udemy may require participants engaging or threatening to engage in such behavior to leave the Event or related event immediately and such participants will not be eligible to receive a refund of any fees paid to Udemy related to the Event. If you witness such behavior, please promptly contact an Udemy staff member so direct action can be taken.",
32                    "Information About You\n\nYour contact details and other information will be handled in accordance with the information handling practices described in the Privacy Policy. You consent to the collection, use and disclosure of the information you provide in connection with the Event by Udemy and its affiliates in accordance with that Privacy Policy. Those entities will use your contact information to send details and announcements to you related to the Event, and communicate with you about other Udemy offers, events or services. You can unsubscribe from promotional emails at any time by clicking the unsubscribe link in those emails.",
33                    "License to Use Items\n\nIn consideration of the opportunity to participate in the Event, you grant to Udemy, Inc. and its affiliates, successors and assigns, and their respective licensees, advertising agencies, promotion agencies and fulfillment agencies, and the employees, officers, directors and agents of each and all of them (“Authorized Persons”) an irrevocable, nonexclusive, royalty-free right and license throughout the world and in perpetuity to reproduce, edit, publish, distribute or translate, for advertising, publicity and promotional purposes or for any other purpose relating to their business, all or any part of the following items (“Items”): (a) all still photographs and all audio and video recordings that any Authorized Person makes of you or your voice or likeness in connection with the Event, including the right to use your name, likeness and biographical information, and (b) all materials (electronic or hard copy) submitted or presented by you in connection with the Event, including any materials submitted via social media handles associated with the Event. You consent to the use of the Items pursuant to the foregoing in perpetuity without compensation (unless prohibited by law) or additional consents from you and waive any moral rights you may have in the Items.",
34                    "Assumption of Risk\n\nYou acknowledge and agree that your attendance and participation in the Event is voluntary. You agree to assume the risks associated with attending and participating in the Event to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.",
35                    "Release of Claims\n\nTo the extent permissible by applicable law, you (for yourself, your heirs, personal representatives, assigns, and anyone else who might make a claim on your behalf) hereby release Udemy and its affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, contractors, representatives, agents, successors and assigns, from any and  all claims, demands, causes of action, suits, damages, losses, debts, liabilities, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and costs) that you may have now or in the future associated in any way with the Event or the Items.",
36                    "Limitation of Liability\n\nIN NO EVENT WILL (a) UDEMY BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITY, COST OF COVER OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR RELIANCE DAMAGES OR (b) THE AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF UDEMY FOR ALL OTHER DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THE EVENT EXCEED $100 USD.",
37                    "Assignment\n\nNeither party may assign or otherwise transfer these Terms or any of its rights and obligations under these terms without the prior written approval of the other party; except that either party may assign or otherwise transfer these Terms without the consent of the other party (a) in connection with a merger, acquisition or sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or (b) to any affiliate or as part of a corporate reorganization. Effective upon such assignment or transfer, subject to the assignee\/transferee’s consent, the assignee\/transferee is deemed substituted for the assignor\/transferor as a party to these Terms and the assignor\/transferor is fully released from all of its obligations and duties to perform under these Terms. Subject to the foregoing, these Terms will be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns."
38                ],
39                "GROUP_OF_ATTRIBUTES": [ 
40                                { 
41                                    "NAME": "object child 1", 
42                                    "NAME_OF_A_GROUP": "Object child 2" 
43                                } 
44                            ]
45            }
46        },
47        {
48            "TITLE": "Performance: Students Tab",
49            "fields": {
50                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360007994313-Performance-Students-Tab",
51                "PARAGRAPHS": [
52                    "The Students tab helps instructors learn more about the students enrolled in their courses, their student’s educational interests and the market reach of their Udemy content. This article outlines how instructors can access these insights, and use them to plan new courses, or make improvements to their existing ones.",
53                    "How to Navigate to Your Students Tab",
54                    "To navigate to the Students tab in your account follow the steps below:",
55                    "From the dropdown menu at the top right of the page, click Instructor Dashboard\n\n\nClick Performance on the left hand side \n\n\nNext, click on Students\n\n\nEnrolled Students",
56                    "The student total that you see when All Courses is selected, is the total number of unique students enrolled in both your published or unpublished courses. If a student is enrolled in more than one of your courses, then they are counted towards your student total once. You can also filter a particular course to view the number of enrollments in that specific course.",
57                    "If you have not been granted permission as a co-instructor to access the Performance metrics of a particular course, then the enrollments from that course will not appear in your student total. As a result, the student total on your instructor profile may differ, since that total counts all unique students enrolled in courses you’re an instructor for, regardless of the manage permissions.",
58                    "The student’s avatar will note which of your courses they are enrolled and when they did. By clicking on the avatar, you will be directed to the student’s profile page.",
59                    "Your Reach: in this section, instructors can review what countries their students reside in and what languages they speak. The latter is determined by a combination of their browser’s language preference settings, and their account’s language in Udemy. This information may provide insights for localization and new content opportunities. You can also view your market reach for a particular course by selecting it with the course filter at the top of the page.",
60                    " ",
61                    "Additional Student Interests: this section lists the most popular topics that your students are enrolled in, aside from the topics of your existing courses. If you have selected a specific course to view, with the course filter at the top of the page, then that course's topic will be excluded from this list.",
62                    "This information helps you see what topics your students are interested in, and can help you choose what course you should create next. Click a topic from the list to see the current Udemy marketplace opportunities with the Marketplace Insights tool.",
63                    "Helpful resources:",
64                    "Describing Your Target Student",
65                    "Adding Captions to Your Videos",
66                    "To learn more about the other Performance tabs and what information they provide, please click here. "
67                ]
68            }
69        },
70        {
71            "TITLE": "Performance: Overview Tab",
72            "fields": {
73                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360007994233-Performance-Overview-Tab",
74                "PARAGRAPHS": [
75                    "On the Overview tab, instructors can review their performance via several metrics, including course revenue, student enrollments and course ratings. This article outlines how instructors can access these metrics, and leverage the data to make improvements to their courses.",
76                    "How to Navigate to Your Overview Tab",
77                    "To navigate to the Overview tab in your account follow the steps below:",
78                    "From the dropdown menu at the top right of the page, click Instructor Dashboard\n\n\nClick Performance on the left hand side \n\n\nNext, click on Overview\n\n\nOverview Metrics",
79                    "You can select which specific metric you wish to view on the trend graph by clicking on the applicable title. By using the course filter in combination, you can also access key, trending, insights on a course-by-course basis. In addition, you can narrow or expand the timeline of the data by using the date range filter (all time, last 7 days, last 30 days, or last 12 months).",
80                    "Total Revenue: review both the all-time and monthly revenue for all of your courses, or on a course-by-course basis",
81                    "Total Enrollments: see the total number of enrollments across both your published or unpublished courses (note that if a student is enrolled in more than one of your courses, each enrollment will count towards the total). Or, select a particular course to view the number of enrollments for that specific course.",
82                    "If you have not been granted permission as a co-instructor to access the Performance metrics of a particular course, then the enrollments from that course will not appear in your student total.",
83                    "Current Rating: check the average rating for your courses or an individual course from a recent, rolling period. The average rating is calculated by considering factors like the recency of the rating and the amount of the course that the student consumed before leaving their rating.",
84                    "Leveraging Your Overview Data",
85                    "You can combine and leverage the extensive data that’s accessible on the Overview page in a variety of ways, and make improvements to your courses if required.",
86                    "For example, if your revenue trend is falling, check the ratings and reviews for your courses, and see if they are also declining. Search the Udemy marketplace to see if there are new competing courses, and consider whether content in your course needs to be updated or replaced.",
87                    "Helpful resources:",
88                    "How to Manage Student Feedback Using the Reviews Dashboard",
89                    "Satisfaction Analytics",
90                    "To learn more about the other Performance tabs and what information they provide, please click here."
91                ]
92            }
93        },
94        {
95            "TITLE": "Performance: Traffic & Conversion Tab ",
96            "fields": {
97                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360007889414-Performance-Traffic-Conversion-Tab-",
98                "PARAGRAPHS": [
99                    "The Traffic & Conversion tab includes analytics that can provide instructors with key insights on how students are discovering their courses and their market demand . This article outlines how instructors can access their Traffic & Conversion analytics, and get better informed on the sales funnel for their courses.",
100                    "How to Navigate to Your Traffic & Conversion Tab",
101                    "To navigate to the Traffic & Conversion tab in your account follow the steps below:",
102                    "From the dropdown menu at the top right of the page, click Instructor Dashboard\n\n\nClick Performance on the left hand side \n\n\nNext, click on Traffic & Conversion\n\n\nAll Courses View",
103                    "On the All Courses page instructors can view the Landing Page Visitors for their courses, as well as the Conversion Rates. The data can be filtered to show show figures from the last 30 or 7 days.",
104                    "The Landing Page Visitors is determined by how many unique people have visited the course landing page (CLP) in the selected date range. For example, if the same student visits the course landing page more than once, it will only be counted as one visitor.",
105                    "The Conversion Rate, meanwhile, is the number of enrollments divided by the number of visitors to the course landing page over the selected date range.",
106                    "Individual Course View",
107                    "By utilizing the course filter to select a specific course to view, instructors can access more detailed data for the course landing page visitors and conversion rates.",
108                    "Channels For Landing Page Visitors",
109                    "By selecting the Landing Page Visitors tab for a specific course, instructors can review which channels students utilized to discover their course landing page, over the date range selected.",
110                    "Numbers for the following channels are included:",
111                    "Total: refers to all landing page visitors for a given course over the given time frame.",
112                    "Udemy Discovery: refers to visitors who landed on the CLP via a Udemy link. For example, this channel includes traffic that stems from all pages on Udemy or via a Udemy email. It does not include traffic from search results.",
113                    "Udemy Search: refers to visitors who navigated to the CLP from the Udemy search results page.",
114                    "Udemy ads and Affiliates: refers to visitors who were directed to the CLP by Udemy ads & affiliates.",
115                    "Instructor Promo: includes the number of visitors to the CLP that stemmed from an instructor’s personal marketing efforts and an instructor coupon link.",
116                    "Outside Sources: shows visitors to the CLP that came from non-Udemy ads and affiliates. For example the visitor found the course via Google, or through a link sent from a friend or co-worker.",
117                    "Conversion Rates For Individual Courses",
118                    "By selecting the Conversion Rate tab for a specific course, instructors can generate a line graph that displays the conversion rate over the selected period of time. The conversion rates for specific dates can then be viewed by moving the cursor to various points on the graph.",
119                    "The conversion rate is calculated by dividing the number of enrollments with the total number of unique landing page visitors.",
120                    " ",
121                    "Helpful resources:",
122                    "Marketing Tools: Rules and Guidelines",
123                    "Instructor Promotional Agreements and Udemy Deals",
124                    "To learn more about the other Performance tabs and what information they provide, please click here."
125                ]
126            }
127        },
128        {
129            "TITLE": "Performance: How to Track And Understand Your Udemy Impact",
130            "fields": {
131                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360007889294-Performance-How-to-Track-And-Understand-Your-Udemy-Impact",
132                "PARAGRAPHS": [
133                    "The Performance tab includes extensive tools and analytics to help instructors track their course performance, learn about their students, and understand the overall impact they’re having on Udemy. This article outlines how instructors can utilize the Performance features to gain key insights about their courses and students, and identify opportunities that will help them improve their success on Udemy.",
134                    "Please note: the Performance features will be available in beta form from August 22nd, 2018, and our team will continue to make improvements to the existing interface in the coming weeks.",
135                    "How to Navigate to Your Performance Tab",
136                    "To navigate to the Performance tab in your account follow the steps below:",
137                    "Move your cursor to Instructor at the top of the page\n\n\nFrom the dropdown menu click Instructor Dashboard\n\n\nClick Performance on the left hand side \n\n\nYou will see an Overview of your course performance, including the option to select the Students, Engagement and Conversion tabs (please note: the Engagement tab will be activated in the coming weeks. In the interim, instructors can continue to access the engagement analytics of a specific course, via the Analytics page.",
138                    "Permissions",
139                    "In addition to the course’s instructor, co-instructors and teaching assistants can review performance analytics if the Performance permission has been enabled for that particular course. For more information on co-instructors and teaching assistants, and how to edit permissions for them, click here.",
140                    "Performance Tabs",
141                    "Overview: instructors can review their performance via several metrics, including course revenue, student enrollments and course ratings. Learn more by clicking here.",
142                    "Students: this helps instructors learn more about the students enrolled in their courses, their student’s educational interests and the market reach of their Udemy content. Learn more by clicking here.",
143                    "Traffic & Conversion: includes traffic and conversion analytics that can provide instructors with key insights on how students are discovering their courses and their market demand. Learn more by clicking here.",
144                    "Course engagement: Includes analytics to help you understand how students are consuming and engaging with your courses. Learn more by clicking here."
145                ]
146            }
147        },
148        {
149            "TITLE": "Getting Started With The Instructor Mobile Experience: Android",
150            "fields": {
151                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360007846994-Getting-Started-With-The-Instructor-Mobile-Experience-Android",
152                "PARAGRAPHS": [
153                    "Instructors can receive important updates for their courses, answers questions from students, and respond to course reviews via Udemy’s mobile app. If you have a mobile Android device (Android 5.0 and above) you can download Udemy’s app by clicking here.",
154                    "Please note that only instructors with published courses or co-instructors for published courses, can access the instructor view on the mobile app.",
155                    "How to Access the Instructor Mobile Experience",
156                    "In order to access the instructor options on Udemy’s Android mobile app, please do the following:",
157                    "1) Open the Udemy mobile app",
158                    "2) Sign in to your Udemy account",
159                    "3) Tap on the Account tab at the bottom right of the screen",
160                    "4) Next, tap on Switch to Instructor View to access the instructor options in the app",
161                    "Instructor Features on Udemy’s Android App",
162                    "Inbox: access and respond to direct messages and questions that are posted in the Q&A. For more information click here.",
163                    "Performance: access revenue reports, enrollment figures and read or respond to reviews for your courses. For more information click here.",
164                    "Setting Your Notification Preferences",
165                    "Instructors can select which types of notifications they wish to receive via Udemy’s Android app and when they would like to be sent them.",
166                    "Push Notifications",
167                    "When push notifications are enabled you will be notified of the applicable update directly on your mobile device’s screen. Push notifications can be enabled for direct messages, the Q&A, and course reviews, and instructors can also select the frequency of these notifications.",
168                    "You can set your push notifications by following these steps:",
169                    "1) Open the Udemy mobile app",
170                    "2) Switch to the instructor view as outlined above",
171                    "3) Tap on Account at the bottom right of the screen",
172                    "4) Next, tap Push Notification Preferences",
173                    "5) Select the push notifications you wish to receive and their frequency",
174                    "Please note: morning push notifications will be sent at 9 AM your local time and evening push notifications will be sent at 5 PM local time.",
175                    "Email Notification Preferences",
176                    "Instructors receive several kinds of email notifications related to Udemy, their courses and messages they're sent, and these can also be adjusted in the instructor view of the mobile app.",
177                    "You can set your email notifications by following these steps:",
178                    "1) Open the Udemy mobile app",
179                    "2) Switch to the instructor view as outlined above",
180                    "3) Tap on Account at the bottom right of the screen",
181                    "4) Next, tap Email Notification Preferences",
182                    "5) Select the email notifications you wish to receive and tap save.",
183                    "For more information on instructor email notifications, please click here."
184                ]
185            }
186        },
187        {
188            "TITLE": "Rules Against Manipulating or Influencing the Review System",
189            "fields": {
190                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360007512653-Rules-Against-Manipulating-or-Influencing-the-Review-System",
191                "PARAGRAPHS": [
192                    "It can be challenging to gather meaningful feedback on new courses, especially as a new instructor. You are welcome to ask for feedback, but be mindful of how you engage your students.",
193                    "Rules When Asking for Reviews",
194                    "Instructors cannot indicate what type of rating or review a student should leave, or outline any detail or information to be included\nInstructors may not specify what medium should be used to express varying feedback\nInstructors are not permitted to trade reviews with other instructors\nInstructors must decline any offer from a student to provide a positive review in exchange for goods or services, and should report the request\nInstructors must not seek to systematically reward positive reviews\n\nHow to Ask for Reviews:",
195                    "Please give me feedback on my course by writing a review!\nI really hope you found this course valuable, but either way, please leave a review and share your experience.\nTell me what you think! Write a review when you can. I’m also available for questions - send me a direct message anytime.\n\nHow NOT to Ask for Reviews:",
196                    "If you liked the course, please give me a 5-star review!\nIf you did NOT like the course, please send me a direct message instead of leaving a review.\nI worked very hard on this course and I hope you found it valuable and will leave a positive review about your experience.\nIf you leave a (5-star) review, I’ll give you my next course free!\n\nMajor Violations",
197                    "The following activities are considered egregious breaches of trust with Udemy students, and may result in the permanent removal of the offending course and the instructor from the Udemy marketplace.",
198                    "Purchased Reviews (reviews in exchange for money)\nIncentivized Reviews including offer of free or discounted courses\nMultiple reviews from a single source (e.g. one user w\/ multiple enrollments)\n\nReviews generated by bots, scripts, or other inorganic means \n\nWhen an instructor is clearly going against the spirit of Udemy policies in an attempt to game the system, or if we see a severe negative impact on the student experience, it will be considered a violation of our policies.",
199                    " "
200                ]
201            }
202        },
203        {
204            "TITLE": "When is a Negative Review Against Udemy Policy? ",
205            "fields": {
206                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360007512353-When-is-a-Negative-Review-Against-Udemy-Policy-",
207                "PARAGRAPHS": [
208                    "Occasionally, students may express themselves in a way that undermines the integrity of the review system. If a review is flagged, it will only be removed if it clearly falls into one the following categories.",
209                    "Reviews unrelated to the student’s learning experience with the instructor",
210                    "Examples of reviews Udemy will NOT remove:",
211                    "The instructor is constantly trying to sell stuff to me\nThe instructor was rude to me in the FB group they moderate\nI don’t believe the instructor’s credentials\/that this instructor is qualified to teach this topic\n\nExamples of reviews Udemy WILL remove:",
212                    "I divorced this instructor for good reason\nI had a bad business deal with this instructor (unrelated\/prior to enrollment)\nI took a different course on this topic that I recommend very highly\nThe instructor is so ugly, I can’t stand looking at them\nYou’re asking me for a review too early\n\nReviews focusing on technical issues outside the instructor’s control",
213                    "Examples of reviews Udemy will NOT remove:",
214                    "I can’t use the downloadable resources\nThe audio is so distorted I can’t hear the instructor\nThis course is not made to be watchable on mobile\nSome of the lectures don’t play (reproducible problem with original file)\nThe instructor didn’t say I needed to buy additional software to take this course.\n\nExamples of reviews Udemy WILL remove:",
215                    "The video playback is choppy (due to Udemy\/internet speeds)\nThe software the instructor used is expensive, you should use this (free) software\nThe captions are poor quality\n\nReviews deemed obscene, profane, threatening, or hate speech",
216                    "Examples of reviews Udemy will NOT remove:",
217                    "I can’t understand this instructor’s accent\nI can’t stand listening to this instructor; they are so annoying\nThis course is worse than going to the dentist\n\nExamples of reviews Udemy WILL remove:",
218                    "I can never understand courses from people of this background\nThis course is f**king bullsh*t\nI’d rather gouge my eyes out than watch this course\nThis instructor should just go and die\n\nReviews from parties with a demonstrated conflict of interest",
219                    "Examples of reviewers Udemy does NOT consider in conflict:",
220                    "A Udemy instructor with a course in a different subject\nA competitor\/colleague who does not teach online\nA student with previous experience with the instructor\n\nExamples of reviewers Udemy does consider in conflict:",
221                    "An instructor with a competing course\nA recorded personal or professional relationship unrelated to learning or teaching\nA recorded history of harassment or abuse elsewhere online"
222                ]
223            }
224        },
225        {
226            "TITLE": "Black Friday Challenge 2018 Winners",
227            "fields": {
228                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360006363214-Black-Friday-Challenge-2018-Winners",
229                "PARAGRAPHS": [
230                    "Here are the winners for the Black Friday Challenge 2018:",
231                    "Helen Bradley - grand prize winner - 3 hours of coaching with a video professional and $1,000 to spend on promotional activities, like creating and marketing promo videos",
232                    "Rafal Galinski - runner-up winner - 2 hours of coaching with instructor Scott Harris",
233                    "Reece Kenney - runner-up winner - 2 hours of coaching from a YouTube and SEO expert",
234                    "Oğuzhan ÇOLAK - runner-up winner - 2 hours of coaching from a YouTube and Paid ads expert"
235                ]
236            }
237        },
238        {
239            "TITLE": "Instructor Identity Verification Process - FAQ",
240            "fields": {
241                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360006290314-Instructor-Identity-Verification-Process-FAQ",
242                "PARAGRAPHS": [
243                    "To maintain the integrity of our learning community, all instructors must verify their identity before they can publish a course on the marketplace. Information regarding the automated instructor identity verification process can be viewed in this article. Instructors having trouble verifying their information with the automated system, will need to complete the alternate manual verification process with our Trust & Safety Team.",
244                    "Answers to frequently asked questions we receive regarding the instructor identity verification process can be viewed below.",
245                    "Frequently Asked Questions",
246                    "Do I need to complete verification every time I submit a new course for review?",
247                    "No. Identity verification is only required once per account.",
248                    "How does Udemy verify my personal data?",
249                    "Udemy is partnered with a third party vendor, Trulioo, which leverages trusted and licensed data sources including; credit bureaus, electoral rolls, government issued, public and private data, telephone\/utility records, and watch lists to verify the information you provide. ",
250                    "Is my personal data stored?",
251                    "Neither our vendor nor we will store your date of birth, passport, or national ID information after the process is complete. ",
252                    "If I do not pass the automated identity verification, what happens?",
253                    "You will be able to follow the alternate process to have your account verified.",
254                    "All instructors must be verified before they can sell courses on Udemy. If you cannot verify your account, we will have to unpublish your existing courses and remove your account.",
255                    "Will I need to still submit my course for review after I complete identity verification?",
256                    "Yes, once you have successfully completed verification, please submit your course for review through the course management dashboard. ",
257                    "If I am a co-instructor in a course, do I need to complete identity verification?",
258                    "No. Only the course owner must complete verification before the course can be submitted for review. ",
259                    "If I am an instructor on Udemy for Business, do I need to complete identity verification?",
260                    "No, this is only required for instructors on the marketplace. ",
261                    "For automated identity verification, is Taiwan covered by China?",
262                    "Yes. Taiwan is considered part of the Republic of China which covers all citizens over the age of 15. ",
263                    "If automated verification does not cover my country, will I be barred from making a course?",
264                    "No, you can instead complete the alternate verification process with our Trust & Safety team mentioned above. ",
265                    "Is verification required for free courses?",
266                    "Yes. All published instructors are required to complete the verification process. This helps ensure the integrity of the marketplace.",
267                    "How long does the alternative verification take?The alternative verification process will take approximately 24 hours.",
268                    "Can I use my business name for the verification process?Yes, but we recommend submitting your personal name (first and last). If a business name is submitted, we will need to speak to a representative of the company, and verify that you are associated with that business. As a result, the verification process could take longer."
269                ],
270                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
271                    "Do I need to complete verification every time I submit a new course for review?",
272                    "How does Udemy verify my personal data?",
273                    "Is my personal data stored?",
274                    "If I do not pass the automated identity verification, what happens?",
275                    "Will I need to still submit my course for review after I complete identity verification?",
276                    "If I am a co-instructor in a course, do I need to complete identity verification?",
277                    "If I am an instructor on Udemy for Business, do I need to complete identity verification?",
278                    "For automated identity verification, is Taiwan covered by China?",
279                    "If automated verification does not cover my country, will I be barred from making a course?",
280                    "Is verification required for free courses?"
281                ]
282            }
283        },
284        {
285            "TITLE": "Alternate Manual Instructor Identity Verification Process ",
286            "fields": {
287                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360006277093-Alternate-Manual-Instructor-Identity-Verification-Process-",
288                "PARAGRAPHS": [
289                    "To maintain the integrity of our learning community, all instructors must verify their identity before they can publish a course on the marketplace. Information regarding the automated instructor identity verification process can be viewed in this article.",
290                    "If you are having trouble verifying your information with the automated system, you will need to complete the alternate manual verification process with our Trust & Safety Team, which is outlined below.",
291                    "Alternate Manual Verification Process With our Trust & Safety Team\nIf you are person or company publishing this course through either partnership, contract, or employment, or aren’t featured as a visible instructor or as a narrator for the course, you will need to complete a manual verification process. In addition, if you are a content owner from a country not supported by the automated process, you will also need to complete the manual verification process with our Trust & Safety team.",
292                    "Please note: the alternate verification process can only be completed once your course has been uploaded to Udemy, and is ready to be submitted for review.",
293                    "To complete the alternate process, please submit a video to verification@udemy.com claiming either ownership of the content or that you have obtained the necessary the rights to the use content you are publishing. ",
294                    "In the video, you must show your face & state the following:  ",
295                    "Your full legal name\nThe name of the course(s) you are publishing\nStatement of ownership or rights to use the content below\n\n“I, [full legal name], certify, under the penalty of perjury, that I am the original owner of all of the content used in my course(s) and, if applicable, have secured all the necessary rights to use content owned by another individual”.  In the body of the email, please include all of the above in written form. The alternative verification process will take approximately 24 hours.",
296                    "Answers to frequently asked questions we receive regarding the instructor identity verification process can be viewed in this article."
297                ]
298            }
299        },
300        {
301            "TITLE": "How to Cast Udemy Courses Via Your Mobile Device",
302            "fields": {
303                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360005889053-How-to-Cast-Udemy-Courses-Via-Your-Mobile-Device",
304                "PARAGRAPHS": [
305                    "If you want to take your Udemy courses on a larger monitor or television, you can do so by casting the course videos from our mobile app to a Chromecast or Apple TV device.",
306                    "You can download the Udemy mobile app for iOS or Android devices by clicking here.",
307                    "Please note that we do not support Roku at this time.",
308                    "How to Cast Videos With an iOS Mobile Device",
309                    "Casting with Apple TV: you can cast your course videos to a monitor or television, via your iOS and Apple TV device, by following these steps:",
310                    "1. Make sure the mobile device you're using is on the same Wi-Fi network as your Apple TV device.",
311                    "2. Open the iOS Udemy app.",
312                    "3. From the My Courses page, open the course video that you want to cast.",
313                    "4. Tap the the top right of the screen.",
314                    "5. Next, tap the monitor icon and then select Apple TV.",
315                    "6. Once you’re connected, the video will begin casting on the screen. To access the menu and viewing options for the course, tap the screen on your mobile device.",
316                    "If you have an Apple TV device you can also screen mirror your Udemy courses by using the AirPlay feature on your iOS device. To learn more click here.",
317                    "Casting with Chromecast on iOS: to cast videos from your iOS mobile device to a Chromecast-enabled screen please follow the steps below.",
318                    "1. Make sure the mobile device you are using is on the same Wi-Fi network as your Chromecast or TV with built-in Chromecast.",
319                    "2. Open the Udemy app.",
320                    "3. From the My Courses page, open the course video that you want to cast.",
321                    "4. Tap the Cast icon.",
322                    " ",
323                    "5. Choose the name of the device you'd like to cast to.",
324                    "6. Once you're connected, the Cast button will change color, letting you know you're connected.",
325                    "7. Now you'll be able to cast video lectures directly to your TV.",
326                    "8. To stop casting, tap the Cast button again and choose Stop casting.",
327                    "How to Cast Courses With an Android Mobile Device",
328                    "Casting with Chromecast on Android: please follow these steps to cast videos from your Android mobile device to a Chromecast-compatible screen:",
329                    "1. Make sure the mobile device you're using to cast is on the same Wi-Fi network as your Chromecast device, or Smart-TV with Chromecast.",
330                    "2. Open the Udemy app.",
331                    "3. From the My Courses page, open the course video that you want to cast.",
332                    "4. Tap the Cast button.",
333                    "5. Choose the name of the device you'd like to cast to.",
334                    "6. When you're connected, the Cast button will change color, letting you know you're connected.",
335                    "7. Then you can cast video lectures directly to your TV.",
336                    "8. To stop casting, tap the Cast button again and choose Stop casting."
337                ]
338            }
339        },
340        {
341            "TITLE": "Udemy Policies Course",
342            "fields": {
343                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360005565233-Udemy-Policies-Course",
344                "PARAGRAPHS": [
345                    "The Udemy Policies course is a short 30 minute course where you can learn about the rules of the marketplace. You'll learn how you can be successful while following these rules. In this course, we'll cover",
346                    "The ground rules of the marketplace.\nThe instructor tools we provide and what they're meant for.\nTips and tricks for using these tools well.\nThe rules that govern each of these tools.\nThe escalation policy at Udemy when these rules are broken."
347                ]
348            }
349        },
350        {
351            "TITLE": "Trust & Safety FAQ",
352            "fields": {
353                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360005564733-Trust-Safety-FAQ",
354                "PARAGRAPHS": [
355                    "Why are there rules in the first place?",
356                    "Udemy is committed to ensuring that students have a safe and engaging learning environment, and instructors are set up for success. Our rules exist to ensure we protect student’s learning experience and enable positive, healthy interactions between instructors and students.",
357                    "How will I be notified of a strike?",
358                    "You'll receive an email from policy@udemy.com about the strike, the reason why you received it, and the consequences. We'll be thoughtful and fair about how we determine if there's a policy violation as well as how we apply consequences. We encourage you to provide context and ask questions. We’re here to help, you'll have the opportunity to speak with someone on our team.",
359                    "You'll also see that your feature has been disabled when you attempt to use it, and see a notification that says your access to the feature has been temporarily suspended on some or all of your courses due to a policy violation.",
360                    "What happens if my co-instructor has a strike?",
361                    "If your co-instructor has a strike, then all the courses that your co-instructor teaches will be affected. Only the courses you share with the co-instructor will be affected.",
362                    "What if my co-instructor has a strike and I remove him\/her as an instructor from my course?",
363                    "If you remove your co-instructor who has a strike, and you don’t have a strike, then your course will revert back to having all your features enabled.",
364                    "How long are the strikes valid?",
365                    "We'll re-evaluate the strikes on your account on a six-month rolling basis.",
366                    "How are you monitoring and catching bad behavior?",
367                    "We hear from our students and instructors who write to policy@udemy.com or flag abuse on the site in various places. We also proactively monitor on-site behavior and reach out to students and instructors when we identify policy violations.",
368                    "Does every instructor get Strike 0 to 4 or does it depend on the nature of the violation?",
369                    "In most cases, instructors will see a linear escalation where they'll get a warning, and then three strikes. If there are more than three strikes we'll ban access to Udemy and un-list the courses from the marketplace. However, we reserve the right to escalate the consequences if the violations are severe."
370                ],
371                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
372                    "Why are there rules in the first place?",
373                    "How will I be notified of a strike?",
374                    "What happens if my co-instructor has a strike?",
375                    "What if my co-instructor has a strike and I remove him\/her as an instructor from my course?",
376                    "How long are the strikes valid?",
377                    "How are you monitoring and catching bad behavior?",
378                    "Does every instructor get Strike 0 to 4 or does it depend on the nature of the violation?"
379                ]
380            }
381        },
382        {
383            "TITLE": "Mobile Requirements ",
384            "fields": {
385                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360004260973-Mobile-Requirements-",
386                "PARAGRAPHS": [
387                    "You can download the Udemy mobile app for iOS or Android devices by clicking here. For the best course taking experience, we recommend using the app over a browser on mobile devices.",
388                    "With the Udemy app you can explore 100,000+ courses, download courses to watch offline, listen to courses with podcast-style audio and watch courses with Chromecast or Apple TV.",
389                    "Mobile Requirements",
390                    "iOS 10.0 and above\nAndroid 5.0 and above"
391                ]
392            }
393        },
394        {
395            "TITLE": "Teach Your Way Challenge - Official Rules",
396            "fields": {
397                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360003599213-Teach-Your-Way-Challenge-Official-Rules",
398                "PARAGRAPHS": [
399                    "NO PURCHASE OR PAYMENT IS NECESSARY TO ENTER THIS CHALLENGE. A PURCHASE OR PAYMENT WILL NOT INCREASE YOUR CHANCES OF WINNING. VOID WHERE PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED BY LAW OR REGULATION.",
400                    "BY ENTERING THE CHALLENGE, YOU AGREE TO THESE OFFICIAL RULES, WHICH FORM A CONTRACT. SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAWS, THIS CONTRACT INCLUDES INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS ON YOUR PART AND A LIMITATION OF YOUR RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.",
401                    "CHALLENGE DETAILS:",
402                    "Challenge: Teach Your Way Challenge\nEligibility Criteria: you must be a Udemy instructor who has an account in good standing as of 11:59 pm Pacific Time June 30, 2018. You must opt in to Udemy marketing emails to be eligible to enter Challenge. You may opt out of marketing emails at any time after receiving your first email from Udemy but please note that to qualify for the Challenge, you must remain opted in for the duration of the Challenge. \n\nEntry Instructions: 1) submit an entry via the landing page available at https:\/\/email.udemy.com\/pub\/sf\/ResponseForm?_ri_=X0Gzc2X%3DYQpglLjHJlYQGmLJzebyzeaSb2ArKWPRzaHy5qfEjhwLb2IbC3VXMtX%3DYQpglLjHJlYQGoqzazeY41f4FWIDgEoh5nwqnUC0hvO5hgfUR&_ei_=EiavZd9KBvOm6IA8_HjUQgs; 2) Submit one or more paid Courses for quality review on udemy.com no later than 11:59pm Pacific Time, June 30, 2018; 3) successfully complete the review process and publish your Course to udemy.com no later than 11:59pm Pacific Time, July 7, 2018; and 4) verify that you have opted in to promotional emails. “Course” is as defined in Udemy's Terms of Use (available at https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/terms). Limit one entry per Udemy instructor. Your Course must meet Udemy’s quality review standards available at https:\/\/teach.udemy.com\/wp-content\/uploads\/2016\/11\/Minimum-Standards-Checklist.pdf. If your Course is removed from udemy.com for any reason between the date it is published and the date that Sponsor plans to issue the Challenge Reward and\/or Enrollment Bonus Reward, you will not qualify for the Challenge Reward and\/or Enrollment Bonus Reward. For clarity, you must be the owner of your course in order to meet the requirements of the preceding entry instructions; you will not be eligible to receive the Challenge Reward for courses on which you are a co-instructor or teaching assistant. To remain eligible, your submitted Course must remain paid for the duration of the Challenge.\n\nEnrollment Bonus Instructions: After successfully completing all Entry Instructions, successfully enroll 50 paying students in one of your Challenge-eligible Courses no later than 11:59pm Pacific Time, August 31, 2018. If we determine that you have acted in a dishonest, fraudulent, or unsportsmanlike manner, we reserve the right to disqualify you from the Challenge and void your entry.\nChallenge Reward: $50 USD, payable to the payout method specified on the Payout Settings page of your Instructor Profile settings. Note that you must have a payout method listed in order to receive the Challenge Reward.\nEnrollment Bonus Reward: $50 USD, payable to the payout method specified on the Payout Settings page of your Instructor Profile settings. Note that you must have a payout method listed in order to receive the Enrollment Bonus Reward.\nEnd of Challenge:\n\nThe deadline to submit a Course for quality review is June 30, 2018.\nThe deadline to successfully publish a Course is July 7, 2018.\nThe deadline to successfully enroll 50 paid students is August 31, 2018.\n\n\nELIGIBILITY: The Challenge is open only to entrants who meet the Eligibility Criteria listed above (“Entrant”). Persons in any of the following categories are NOT eligible: (a) directors, members, partners, marketing affiliates, employees, consultants or agents of Sponsor or Administrator and their respective affiliates, and each of their respective companies, subsidiaries, advertising and promotion agencies, (b) suppliers of goods or services in connection with the Challenge, including individuals engaged in the development, production or distribution of materials for the Challenge; and (c) persons who (i) are in the immediate family of any person in any of the preceding categories (including mother, father, sister, brother, daughter, son, spouse, grandmother, grandfather, children or grandchildren), regardless of where they live, or (ii) reside in the same household, whether related or not, as any person in any of the preceding categories. All eligibility is subject to all national, provincial, municipal, territorial, federal, state and local laws and regulations. By participating in the Challenge, you unconditionally accept and agree to comply with and abide by these Official Rules (“Official Rules”) and the decisions of Udemy, Inc., 600 Harrison Street, San Francisco, CA 94107 USA (“Sponsor” and the “Administrator”), whose decisions shall be final and legally binding in all respects.   ",
403                    "HOW TO ENTER: To enter, complete the Entry Instructions (for eligibility for the Challenge Reward) and\/or Enrollment Bonus Instructions (for eligibility for the Enrollment Bonus Reward) listed above in compliance with any listed restrictions before the End of Challenge criteria are met. You will receive a confirmation email upon successful submission of an entry via the landing page.",
404                    "CHALLENGE REWARD: Entrants whose entries meet the qualification standards of these Official Rules will receive the Challenge Reward and\/or Enrollment Bonus Reward. No reward substitution or cash equivalent of any non-cash reward. No reward transfer.",
405                    "RELEASE OF LIABILITY; CONDITIONS OF PARTICIPATION:",
406                    "Transmission of Information. Sponsor, the Administrator, and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, affiliates, successors, and assigns (all collectively the \"Released Parties\") are not responsible for: (1) any incorrect or inaccurate information, whether caused by you or not, printing, typographical or other errors, or by any of the equipment or programming associated with or utilized in the Challenge; (2) technical failures of any kind, including, but not limited to, malfunctions, interruptions, or disconnections in phone lines or network hardware or software; (3) unauthorized human intervention in any part of the entry process or the Challenge; (4) printing, typographical, technical, computer, network or human error which may occur in (a) the administration of the Challenge, (b) the uploading, processing, or eligibility determination of entries, (c) the announcement of the eligible reward winners, or (d) the rewards or any Challenge-related materials; (5) late, lost, misdirected, inaccurate, incorrect, undeliverable, damaged or stolen entries or email; (6) costs associated with claiming or redeeming the rewards; and\/or (7) losses or damages resulting from an Entrant’s connection to the Internet via any website referenced herein. The Released Parties are not responsible for any (a) incorrect, mistranscribed, misdirected or undeliverable entries or e-mail transmissions, (b) incorrect announcements, (c) technical problems, including, without limitation, malfunctions of computer systems, servers, providers, or any hardware\/software, (d) lost or unavailable network connections or failed, incomplete, garbled or delayed computer transmission, or (e) a combination of any of the foregoing. Sponsor assumes no responsibility for (i) late, lost, incomplete, inaccurate or damaged entries, (ii) undeliverable e-mails resulting from any form of active or passive e-mail filtering by a user's Internet service provider and\/or e-mail client, or (iii) insufficient space in user's e-mail account to receive e-mail. Sponsor shall not be responsible for any damage (whether material or non-material) caused to your computer equipment or to data which is stored on such equipment, or to your personal, professional or commercial activities. Proof of submitting entries will not be deemed to be proof of receipt by Sponsor or Administrator.\n\nFraud; Reservation of Rights. Sponsor reserves the right to cancel, suspend, and\/or modify this Challenge, or any part of it, if any fraud, technical failures, or any other factors impair the integrity or proper functioning of the Challenge, as determined by Sponsor in its sole discretion. If terminated, Sponsor may, in its sole discretion, determine eligible reward winners from among all non-suspect, eligible entries received up to time of such action or as otherwise deemed fair and appropriate by Sponsor. Administrator, in its sole discretion, reserves the right to disqualify any individual it finds to be (a) tampering with the entry process or the operation of the Challenge, (b) acting in violation of the Official Rules of this or any other promotion, or (c) acting in a dishonest, fraudulent, unsportsmanlike or disruptive manner, and to void all associated entries. The preceding remedy in no way precludes Sponsor from taking legal or other actions against such individuals so as to protect its rights. Sponsor’s failure to enforce any provision of these Official Rules in a given circumstance does not constitute the waiver of such provision.\nRelease and Indemnity. By participating, you hereby release the Released Parties, and agree to indemnify, defend, and hold the Released Parties, and the other persons and entities involved in the development, production, and\/or administration of the Challenge, harmless, from any and all liability for losses, harm, damage, injury, costs, fees, and expenses, including without limitation, property damage, personal injury (including emotional distress), and\/or death, arising from participating in the Challenge, any Challenge-related activity, and\/or acceptance, receipt, possession or use\/misuse of any reward, and for any claims or causes of action based on publicity rights, defamation, or invasion of privacy and merchandise delivery.\n\nFORCE MAJEURE: If, for any reason, the Challenge (or any part thereof) is not capable of running as planned by reason of computer virus, bug, system malfunction, tampering, unauthorized intervention, fraud, technical failures, fire, flood, earthquake, storm or other natural cataclysm, riot, strike, terrorist activity, civil commotion, governmental regulation, or any other causes beyond the control of Sponsor which, in its sole opinion, corrupts or affects the administration, security, fairness, integrity or proper conduct of the Challenge (or any part thereof), Sponsor reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to cancel, terminate, modify or suspend the Challenge, or to thereafter conduct the Challenge by selecting the reward winner(s) for the affected Challenge based on the earliest-submitted entries received for such affected Challenge or otherwise in a manner which is fair, equitable and in accordance with these Official Rules, as determined by Sponsor in its sole discretion.",
407                    "DISPUTES: Except where prohibited by law, you agree that: (a) any and all disputes, claims, and causes of action arising out of or connected with the Challenge or any reward, shall be resolved individually, without resort to any form of class action; (b) all claims must be resolved in the state or federal courts located in the State of California, USA; (c) any and all claims, judgments and awards shall be limited to actual out-of-pocket costs incurred, including costs associated with entering this Challenge, but in no event including attorneys' fees; and (d) unless otherwise prohibited, under no circumstances will you be permitted to obtain awards for, and you hereby waive all rights to, any indirect, punitive, incidental, and consequential damages, or damages of any kind (other than actual out of pocket expenses), and any and all rights to have damages multiplied or otherwise increased. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforceability of these Official Rules, or the rights and obligations of you and Sponsor in connection with the Challenge, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules (whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction), which would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of California, USA.",
408                    "EU RESIDENTS NOTICE: Your personal data will be transferred to the United States. Pursuant to EU law pertaining to data collection and processing, as an EU resident, you have a right of access to, modification and withdrawal of your personal data. You also have the right of opposition to the data collection, under certain circumstances. To exercise such right, you may write to: Udemy Legal Department, Udemy, Inc., 600 Harrison Street, San Francisco, CA 94107 USA. The data controller and the data recipient is Sponsor. Your data will be transferred outside the European Union. For more information, please consult https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/terms\/privacy.",
409                    " "
410                ]
411            }
412        },
413        {
414            "TITLE": "How to Become an Instructor: FAQ",
415            "fields": {
416                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360003469994-How-to-Become-an-Instructor-FAQ",
417                "PARAGRAPHS": [
418                    "We’re happy you’re interested in becoming a Udemy instructor. At Udemy you can teach what you know, or teach what you love, and millions of students are waiting, eager to learn.",
419                    "Below are answers to the most frequently asked questions we receive regarding how to become an instructor.",
420                    "Can I teach a course on any topic?",
421                    "You are free to choose the topic you wish to teach on Udemy. Please refer to our restricted topic list, however, for details on the topics that we do not accept.",
422                    "Do I have to pay any fees in order to become an instructor?",
423                    "There is no fee to be an instructor on Udemy. Instructors are paid according to a revenue share model outlined here. When a student buys your course on our marketplace, revenue is shared between you and Udemy, according to our revenue share model.",
424                    "What approval do I need to get started?",
425                    "No approval is needed to get started. You can start creating your course via this link. Please note, in order to create paid courses, you'll need an active PayPal or Payoneer account.",
426                    "Before your course is published on our platform it will need to meet our course minimum requirements, which can be viewed here.",
427                    "How will I get paid?",
428                    "Instructors can connect a PayPal or Payoneer account to their Udemy account. You are paid on a monthly basis (more details on our payment schedule for instructors can be read here).",
429                    "What’s the general structure of a Udemy course? What is the primary teaching method?",
430                    "A standard Udemy course is video-based. Courses must have at least 30 minutes of video content and at least 5 lectures or learning modules. Additional teaching tools (like assignments, quizzes, and coding exercises, etc) can be added to create a rich learning experience for students.",
431                    "For courses regarding certification preparation, we also offer instructors the ability to create a Practice Test course. These courses are comprised solely of practice questions (more info can be viewed here).",
432                    "Are there any requirements that my course must meet?",
433                    "Yes. Courses must have at least 30 minutes of video content and at least 5 lectures or learning modules.",
434                    "In order to ensure that students have great learning experiences, we also have a Quality Review Process that every course goes through. For more information on this please click here.",
435                    "How do I get my course materials on your site?",
436                    "Since we function primarily as an on-demand, video based platform, you’ll need to upload your video files directly to Udemy. In other words, students must be able to view your course lectures on the Udemy platform.",
437                    "In addition to our standard lecture uploader, we offer the ability to upload materials in bulk or import them via Google Drive, Box, Dropbox, and other file storage tools. More information on our bulk file uploading options can be viewed here.",
438                    "Does Udemy retain exclusive rights to my course if I sell it on your platform?",
439                    "No. Our marketplace model means that when you publish a course on our platform, you retain all the rights to your content.  You simply grant us a license to host the course and make it available to our users, and to advertise your course on our platform and on third party services.  ",
440                    "These license terms are outlined in detail in Udemy’s instructor terms. You can also offer your course on other services, but we ask that your course is never offered for a lower price than on Udemy.",
441                    "Can you tell me more about the existing demand for my course topic on Udemy?",
442                    "With our Marketplace Insights tool, we offer robust reporting on student demand, search volume, and revenue for a particular topic to help you decide what course to teach. If no data exists for a topic you’re searching, it likely means that there’s an opportunity to fill this gap in the Udemy marketplace and you should get started right away.",
443                    "While success as an instructor on Udemy is not guaranteed, this tool offers some powerful data to help you make your decision.",
444                    "Will Udemy promote my course?",
445                    "As an instructor, you have the option to enroll in the Udemy Deals Program, which is made up of two marketing channels that spotlight your course(s) in different ways. For more information on the program, please click here.",
446                    "Enrolling in the Udemy Deals Program gives Udemy the option to promote your course, at a discount. Selection for promotion is not guaranteed.",
447                    "In addition, we provide instructors with extensive articles, resources and features at Udemy to help you effectively market your course(s). To learn more, please click here.",
448                    "Can I teach a course in this language?",
449                    "You can teach a course in any language of your choosing.",
450                    "Do I have to use my real name to teach a course?",
451                    "In order to maintain the integrity of our learning community, we do verify your identity before publishing any courses on the site. Instructors are free, however, to use a pen name or pseudonym in their instructor profile. You are not required to display your legal name.",
452                    "How do I create a Udemy course?",
453                    "This article outlines how you can create a Udemy course, and includes extensive resources to help you get started."
454                ],
455                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
456                    "Can I teach a course on any topic?",
457                    "Do I have to pay any fees in order to become an instructor?",
458                    "What approval do I need to get started?",
459                    "How will I get paid?",
460                    "What’s the general structure of a Udemy course? What is the primary teaching method?",
461                    "Are there any requirements that my course must meet?",
462                    "How do I get my course materials on your site?",
463                    "Does Udemy retain exclusive rights to my course if I sell it on your platform?",
464                    "Can you tell me more about the existing demand for my course topic on Udemy?",
465                    "Will Udemy promote my course?",
466                    "Can I teach a course in this language?",
467                    "Do I have to use my real name to teach a course?",
468                    "How do I create a Udemy course?"
469                ]
470            }
471        },
472        {
473            "TITLE": "Troubleshooting Issues With Udemy’s App",
474            "fields": {
475                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360003054894-Troubleshooting-Issues-With-Udemy-s-App",
476                "PARAGRAPHS": [
477                    "If you’re encountering issues while attempting to watch your courses on Udemy’s mobile app, please try the troubleshooting tips below before contacting Support. Following these steps can resolve many of the common issues you may encounter while using our mobile app.",
478                    "Loading issues (ie: the video keeps loading \/ buffering, you see a blank screen)",
479                    "Try restarting the Udemy app\nRestart the device and your modem\/router if you’re on a WiFi network\nTurn mobile data off, wait ten seconds, and then turn it back on \nTry using another internet connection\n\nReduce the video streaming quality to play the video in a lower resolution. Instructions can be found here\n\nDownload the course for offline viewing instead of streaming it online\nDelete the Udemy app from the home screen and reinstall it from the App Store on the device. Please be aware that any content you have saved for offline viewing will be removed completely after the app re-installation. You will need to re-download the content once you install the app again.\n\nDownloading issues (ie: it’s taking too long time to finish downloading a course video)",
480                    "Try restarting the Udemy app\nRestart the device and your modem\/router\nTry using another internet connection which is more stable, like a WiFi connection\nCheck to see if you have enabled Download via WiFi only in the Settings tab on the Android app or the Account tab on an iOS device\n\nReduce the video download quality to play the video in a lower resolution. Instructions can be found here\n\nCancel all downloading progress and then restart the app to download content again\nIf the course includes a lot of long lectures, try downloading individual lectures \/ sections instead of the entire course at once\nKeep the app open to get the downloading progress finished more quickly\nDelete the Udemy app from the home screen and then reinstall it from the App Store on your device. Please note that any offline content you’ve saved from your courses will be removed completely after the app reinstallation. You will need to re-download the content once you install the app again.\n\nOffline content issues (ie: downloaded videos are not loading)",
481                    "Make sure the course was downloaded completely. Please review this article for further information\n\nTurn off your internet connection (as well as your mobile data signal) and then try playing the content you’ve downloaded \nTurn on airplane mode for your device and try watching the downloaded lectures\nDelete the course content you’ve downloaded to your device and download it again\nTry restarting the Udemy app\nDelete the Udemy app from the home screen and reinstall it from the App Store on the device. Please note that any offline content you’ve saved from your courses will be removed completely after the app reinstallation. You will need to re-download the content once you install the app again.\n\nIf you continue to encounter issues, please contact Support and let us know the exact title(s) of course(s) \/ lecture(s) you are encountering problems with. Please let us know the speed of your internet connection (you can check at speedtest.net) and any screenshots of the error messages or issues you're seeing would also be very helpful."
482                ]
483            }
484        },
485        {
486            "TITLE": "Community FAQ: Udemy Instructor Club",
487            "fields": {
488                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360002992874-Community-FAQ-Udemy-Instructor-Club",
489                "PARAGRAPHS": [
490                    "Table of Contents:Can instructors ask for reviews?What can I do if I don’t agree with a student review?What can I do if a student left a review without any comments?Why are reviews being weighted?I found someone else using my content\/description. What should I do? \/ Why does Udemy allow this to happen? Don't you have a screening process?I found someone else selling my course on another website. What should I do?How do I include my courses in the Udemy for Business program?How is the Udemy for Business revenue calculated?What is the criteria for the “featured courses” tag?How many times can I change from “free” to “paid” without losing promotional emails?How do my students see the price of my course?Can Udemy share their promotions schedule with the instructors in advance?Are we required to enroll in Udemy promotions?How can I opt in\/out of Udemy promotions?How does the search ranking work in the Marketplace?What should I do if a student reports an issue to me?Why are my enrolled students not taking the course?How can I turn off automated closed captions?When will I get paid?What is an affiliate sale?Where can I get information on Udemy badges?Can I upload my course in a different platform?Can I Use Content That May Have a Copyright?Can I use the Udemy logo for presentations e.g. at conferences?",
491                    "Can instructors ask for reviews?",
492                    "Instructors can use our communication tools (announcements, automated messages, etc) to ask for honest reviews provided they match our rules and guidelines. You can learn more here.",
493                    "What to do if I don’t agree with a student review?",
494                    "You are always able to flag a review to report it to our Trust & Safety team. It is up to the team whether or not the review gets taken down, however, as we have measures in place to ensure our marketplace is trustworthy. You can also reach out to the team at policy@udemy.com if you have questions or concerns about your individual situation. Please click here to see our article on how to manage student feedback.",
495                    "What can I do if a student left a review without any comments?",
496                    "While we know poor reviews that do not include comments can be frustrating for instructors, we feel responsible to capture a wide range of student opinion, even if the student did not give an explanation.",
497                    "To learn more about how to effectively manage student feedback, and why we don’t require comments for reviews, please click here. Tips on how to effectively describe your target student can be viewed here.",
498                    "Why are reviews being weighted?",
499                    "Over the years, we’ve heard a growing concern from instructors that ratings from students who haven’t taken much of the course, or who haven’t left useful feedback, are unnecessarily damaging the rating of a course. That said, when negative feedback from students is informed and useful, it will also be weighted more heavily than it was in the past.",
500                    "Our weighting for reviews is still in its early stages, and currently considers recency of the rating, course consumption of the student, and review length, among many other factors, which Udemy does not make public. Moving forward, our team will continue to hone our weighting and make improvements where necessary, to help make the Course Rating as fair as possible. You can learn more about the weighted review system here.",
501                    "I found someone else using my content\/description. What should I do? Why does Udemy allow this to happen? Don't you have a screening process?",
502                    "Please click here to see how you can report a Udemy course infringing your copyright.",
503                    "I found someone else selling my course on another website. What should I do?",
504                    "Please click here to review what you should do if you find your course on a pirate website.",
505                    "How do I include my courses in the Udemy for Business program?",
506                    "Udemy for Business uses a number of criteria to determine which courses are added to the collection. First, instructors must be opted into the Udemy for Business program in order for their courses to be considered. Next, Udemy for Business sees a lot of value in using the power of the marketplace to assist with course selection.",
507                    "To learn more about our Udemy for Business content subscription program, please click here.",
508                    "How is the Udemy for Business revenue calculated?",
509                    "Udemy for Business is based on a subscription model. Accordingly, there is no associated list price for courses on the Udemy for Business platform, and the revenue share works differently. You can review more details of how revenue is calculated in this article.",
510                    "What is the criteria for the “featured courses” tag?",
511                    "All “featured course” modules are chosen by an algorithm looking at a weighted balance based on enrollments, good reviews, and paid conversion rate of the course, among other indicators of student responses to a course.",
512                    "How many times can I change a course from “free” to “paid” without losing promotional emails?",
513                    "The system detects and only allows one change from free to paid specifically. We have two scenarios:",
514                    "1- Launch paid, switch free, switch paid, switch free, switch paid- promo emails disabled",
515                    "2- Launch free, switch paid, switch free, switch paid - promo emails disabled",
516                    "The amount of changes is different in both scenarios, but If you look close enough, you can see that in both cases, the course  changes from free to paid twice, which is what our platform looks for in this criteria. This is why both scenarios would cause you to lose promotional emails. ",
517                    "How do my students see the price of my course?",
518                    "Students see course prices based on Udemy's price matrix, which is correlated with the region they're located. The matrix is updated periodically to incorporate both exchange rate fluctuations and market-specific purchasing patterns. The price matrix and additional information about pricing your course can be read here.",
519                    "Learn more about our supported currencies here.",
520                    "Can Udemy share their promotions schedule with the instructors in advance?",
521                    "Unfortunately we cannot share our promotion strategy in advance. Our promotions can differ depending on the student's interest, so the promotional experience will vary depending on who is receiving them. Our Growth Team has published this article, however, so that you can get a general insight of the strategies they use.",
522                    "Are we required to enroll in Udemy promotions?",
523                    "Instructors are given the option of enrolling in Udemy’s promotions and marketing program, when they apply to become a premium instructor. You are not obligated to enroll if you don't want to. If you do not opt into the program, then your courses will not be sold at a discount. The course can only be sold at the price you have listed, or via a coupon code you yourself create.",
524                    "Your courses will also not be included in Udemy's promotions and sales. Ultimately it's up to you whether you enrol, but we have found that courses in the program outsell those that are not by 200%.",
525                    "You can learn more about Instructor promotional agreements and Udemy deals here.",
526                    "How can I opt in\/out of Udemy promotions?",
527                    "You can opt in\/out of deals and promotions by following this link to your marketing agreement: ",
528                    "Any changes made to your participation in our programs will not apply to currently active campaigns, which may have already been offered to students via targeted e-mail promotions.",
529                    "Learn more here.",
530                    "How does the search ranking work in the Marketplace?",
531                    "Currently, search rankings are based on a number of factors, including the number of enrollments, student reviews, conversions from the sales page, and student course consumption.",
532                    "Our search tool also looks at terms found in the course title and subtitle to return results, and the filter which was used, also plays a pivotal role. Adding new terms to the course title, or subtitle, which you believe students may search for, will also improve its searchability.",
533                    "What should I do if a student reports an issue to me?",
534                    "Please advise your student to reach out to us so we can assist them directly. This will allow us to better identify the cause of the problem, whether the issue is related to the student's device\/environment or if it's a problem that our engineering team can fix.",
535                    "Why are my enrolled students not taking the course?",
536                    "Udemy is a platform where students learn at their own pace, and it's normal for students to wait until they have time to start the course. For example, it's common for students to enroll in several courses at once, particularly during a promotional campaign, but not start all of the courses immediately.",
537                    "Student engagement will likely increase over time, and with the engagement analytics instructors can see where students are dropping off in lectures.",
538                    "How can I turn off automated closed captions?",
539                    "From the \"Captions\" tab on your course management tools, select English (US) to see the set of auto-generated captions that were created for your course. Next, click the \"Disable\" button on the upper right of the page.",
540                    "Please see our Captions FAQ.",
541                    "When will I get paid?",
542                    "Udemy pays instructors 30 days after the end of the month. For example, if a student purchases your course at any time in August, you will receive a payment within the first week of October. This delay allows all purchases to pass the 30 day refund period. Payments are issued to instructors within the first 10 business days of the month.",
543                    "You can learn more here.",
544                    "What is an affiliate sale?",
545                    "The Udemy Affiliate Program is run by Rakuten LinkShare - a network of thousands of affiliates and advertisers. The primary purpose of this network is to get your courses in front of a larger audience, one that may not have come to Udemy via other efforts.  In other words, affiliates drive new students to the site.",
546                    "Affiliate Window: The standard “cookie window” for an affiliate is 30-90 days. In comparison, Udemy offers only a 7 day window, during which time (as noted above) the affiliate will earn commission on any sales.",
547                    "Where can I get information on Udemy badges?",
548                    "In this support article, you will find a list of badges, how they appear on-site, and what they highlight to students. We’ve also shared some of the contributing factors that go into earning each badge, and advice and resources to help you earn them.",
549                    "Can I upload my course in a different platform?",
550                    "Udemy is a technology platform that enables anyone anywhere to create and share educational courses. We host more than 100,000 courses on our online learning marketplace. Our marketplace model means that when you publish a course on our platform, you retain all the rights to your content.",
551                    "You simply grant us a license to host the course and make it available to our users, and to advertise your course on our platform and on third party services. These license terms are outlined in detail in Udemy’s instructor terms. You can also offer your course on other services, but we ask that your course is never offered for a lower price than on Udemy.",
552                    "Can I Use Content That May Have a Copyright?",
553                    "Please refer to this article to learn more.",
554                    "Can I use the Udemy logo for presentations e.g. at conferences?You may use the “I teach on Udemy” logo that you can request from the Support team."
555                ],
556                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
557                    "Table of Contents:Can instructors ask for reviews?What can I do if I don’t agree with a student review?What can I do if a student left a review without any comments?Why are reviews being weighted?I found someone else using my content\/description. What should I do? \/ Why does Udemy allow this to happen? Don't you have a screening process?I found someone else selling my course on another website. What should I do?How do I include my courses in the Udemy for Business program?How is the Udemy for Business revenue calculated?What is the criteria for the “featured courses” tag?How many times can I change from “free” to “paid” without losing promotional emails?How do my students see the price of my course?Can Udemy share their promotions schedule with the instructors in advance?Are we required to enroll in Udemy promotions?How can I opt in\/out of Udemy promotions?How does the search ranking work in the Marketplace?What should I do if a student reports an issue to me?Why are my enrolled students not taking the course?How can I turn off automated closed captions?When will I get paid?What is an affiliate sale?Where can I get information on Udemy badges?Can I upload my course in a different platform?Can I Use Content That May Have a Copyright?Can I use the Udemy logo for presentations e.g. at conferences?",
558                    "Can instructors ask for reviews?",
559                    "What to do if I don’t agree with a student review?",
560                    "What can I do if a student left a review without any comments?",
561                    "Why are reviews being weighted?",
562                    "I found someone else using my content\/description. What should I do? Why does Udemy allow this to happen? Don't you have a screening process?",
563                    "I found someone else selling my course on another website. What should I do?",
564                    "How do I include my courses in the Udemy for Business program?",
565                    "How is the Udemy for Business revenue calculated?",
566                    "What is the criteria for the “featured courses” tag?",
567                    "How many times can I change a course from “free” to “paid” without losing promotional emails?",
568                    "How do my students see the price of my course?",
569                    "Can Udemy share their promotions schedule with the instructors in advance?",
570                    "Are we required to enroll in Udemy promotions?",
571                    "How can I opt in\/out of Udemy promotions?",
572                    "How does the search ranking work in the Marketplace?",
573                    "What should I do if a student reports an issue to me?",
574                    "Why are my enrolled students not taking the course?",
575                    "How can I turn off automated closed captions?",
576                    "When will I get paid?",
577                    "What is an affiliate sale?",
578                    "Where can I get information on Udemy badges?",
579                    "Can I upload my course in a different platform?",
580                    "Can I Use Content That May Have a Copyright?"
581                ]
582            }
583        },
584        {
585            "TITLE": "How to Create And Use Bookmarks",
586            "fields": {
587                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360001924754-How-to-Create-And-Use-Bookmarks",
588                "PARAGRAPHS": [
589                    "Using the Bookmarks feature is an easy and quick way to mark important points of a lecture, so you can quickly return to it in the future. This article outlines how you can add Bookmarks to course lectures, and access them moving forward.",
590                    "Adding a Bookmark to a Lecture",
591                    "If you wish to bookmark a specific point of a lecture, please follow the steps below:",
592                    "1. When you come to a point in the lecture you would like to bookmark, click Add Bookmark at the bottom of the screen. You can also use the keyboard shortcut \"b\" to create bookmarks while watching video lectures.",
593                    "2. If you wish to enter a description for the bookmark, type your note and hit enter to save it. Your description for the bookmark can include up to 140 characters. If you wish to create a bookmark without a description, however, simply click enter.",
594                    "3. The bookmark will be indicated by a yellow bar as shown below. Moments that other students have bookmarked will be indicated by blue bars (please note: your bookmark description will not be visible to other students).",
595                    "Accessing Bookmarks",
596                    "You can view the bookmarks you’ve created for a course via the Course Dashboard, or in each individual lecture.",
597                    "To see all of the bookmarks you’ve added to a course, navigate to the Course Dashboard and click Bookmarks.",
598                    "To go directly to a moment you’ve bookmarked in that course, simply click on the bookmark you wish to view, and you will be directed to that point in the lecture player.",
599                    "You can also jump directly to any point you’ve bookmarked in a lecture, by clicking on the corresponding, yellow bar in the lecture player.",
600                    "Editing or Deleting Bookmarks",
601                    "If you wish to edit the description you’ve entered for a bookmark, please follow the steps below:",
602                    "Navigate to the lecture that includes the bookmark you wish to change\nMove your cursor to the bookmark you wish to edit\nClick on the description box\nType in the the change you wish to make and click enter\n\nIf you need to delete a bookmark, move your cursor to the bookmark’s description, and click on the trashcan icon.",
603                    " "
604                ]
605            }
606        },
607        {
608            "TITLE": "How to Access Resources on The Udemy Android App",
609            "fields": {
610                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360001769833-How-to-Access-Resources-on-The-Udemy-Android-App",
611                "PARAGRAPHS": [
612                    "Many instructors add supplemental resources to their lectures as a means to enhance the learning experience of the course. These resources can quickly be accessed on the Udemy Android app to be viewed. ",
613                    "How to Access Resources on The Android App",
614                    "Please follow these steps to access the resource files on your Android mobile device:",
615                    "1. Navigate to the course dashboard",
616                    "2. Swipe to the More tab",
617                    "3. Tap the Resources section ",
618                    "4. You will see a list of the resources files that are available to view. If the resources are PDF files, you can go to step 5 to learn how to download them to your mobile device.",
619                    "5. Tap the vertical ellipses in the upper right side of the screen ",
620                    "6. Tap Download",
621                    "To access the downloaded PDF file outside of the app, please go to Internal storage > Download and open it with your reader program.",
622                    "If you're having trouble accessing the file, or if something doesn't look right, please contact the instructor or Udemy support. ",
623                    " "
624                ]
625            }
626        },
627        {
628            "TITLE": "How to Access Resources on The Udemy iOS App",
629            "fields": {
630                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360001665994-How-to-Access-Resources-on-The-Udemy-iOS-App",
631                "PARAGRAPHS": [
632                    "Many instructors add supplemental resources to their lectures as a means to enhance the learning experience of the course. These resources can quickly be accessed on the Udemy iOS app to be viewed. ",
633                    "How to Access Resources on The iOS App",
634                    "Lectures that include supplementary resources will have Resources posted under the lecture title, on the course curriculum page. ",
635                    "To access the resources, tap on the lecture title and hold for a moment or two. An options menu will appear. Tap on Resources for Lectures.",
636                    "A list of the available resources will come up.",
637                    "Tap on the resource(s) you would like to review.",
638                    "If you're having trouble accessing the file, or if something doesn't look right, please contact the instructor or Udemy support. "
639                ]
640            }
641        },
642        {
643            "TITLE": "Payment Methods on Udemy",
644            "fields": {
645                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/360000165907-Payment-Methods-on-Udemy",
646                "PARAGRAPHS": [
647                    "Currently, Udemy supports several different payment methods, depending on your account country and location. This article outlines how you can confirm which payment methods are available to you, when you go to purchase a course.",
648                    "How to Confirm Your Payment Methods on Udemy.com",
649                    "To see the payment methods that are available to you when you wish to purchase a course, please follow the steps below:",
650                    "After you find the course you wish to enroll in, click Buy Now on the course landing page\n\nYou will be directed to the Checkout page, which will feature the various payment methods that are available to you (not including our mobile app payment options - please see below).",
651                    "Our Payment Methods",
652                    "Depending on your location and what country your Udemy account is registered in, your payment methods may include the following:",
653                    "International Credit And Debit Cards: We accept most major international credit and debit cards like Visa, MasterCard, American Express, and Discover.",
654                    "Local Payment Methods: We support many local payment options, specifically, local debit cards. We continue to work on adding more local payment options around the world.",
655                    "PayPal is a supported method of payment for Udemy courses in most countries.",
656                    "Cash Payments and Bank Transfers may be an option for students in several different Latin American nations, as well as some nations in Europe.",
657                    "Apple App Store and Google Play: you can also purchase courses using our mobile app, which uses Apple's or Google Play's payment system depending on your device, often in your local currency. Since the mobile apps use Apple’s and Google’s payment systems, additional payment options may be available.",
658                    "Have other payment questions?  Please have a look at some of other topics in our Support Center related to purchasing courses:",
659                    "Purchase IssuesSupported CurrenciesHow Do I Request a Refund?Refund Status: Common Questions"
660                ]
661            }
662        },
663        {
664            "TITLE": "Featured Reviews",
665            "fields": {
666                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115015677687-Featured-Reviews",
667                "PARAGRAPHS": [
668                    "In December, 2017, Udemy will begin testing a program to show Featured Reviews on Course Landing Pages.  A Featured Review is an algorithmically chosen course review, which will help highlight a positive experience the student had with the course, and encourage prospective students to enroll.",
669                    "The review will be posted on the course landing page in a section called “Featured Review,” and will appear above other reviews students have left.",
670                    "Please note: during the program’s initial testing phase, only English speaking courses will receive Featured Reviews. Eventually, however, we intend to add Featured Reviews to all eligible, non-English speaking courses as well.",
671                    "Providing Feedback on Featured Reviews",
672                    "Instructors will see a notification in the Reviews section of the Instructor Dashboard when their course receives a Featured Review. In this section you'll be able to provide feedback on the Featured Review program, or the specific review that’s been selected.",
673                    "Please note: since featured reviews are algorithmically chosen, instructors cannot manually select or request which review gets featured. This is so prospective students can get an objective view of why the course received a particularly, positive review.",
674                    "Review Requirements",
675                    "Listed below are the summary of requirements for Featured Reviews to display. Please keep in mind that this is not an exhaustive list of review and course requirements, and are intended to shed some light on what goes into determining Featured Reviews.",
676                    "A course must have at least 5 eligible reviews for selection by our algorithm, in order for a Featured Review to display.\nEligible reviews must have a rating of 4.5 or higher. In addition, the user leaving the review must have completed at least 20% of the course, and the review must be no more than 2 years old. \n\nFeatured Reviews will be added to courses as they receive eligible reviews. Moving forward our team will continue to test the Featured Reviews program, and enhance it if required.",
677                    "Please let us know if you have any additional questions regarding Featured Reviews by contacting our Support Team."
678                ]
679            }
680        },
681        {
682            "TITLE": "Udemy Credits FAQ",
683            "fields": {
684                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115015722368-Udemy-Credits-FAQ",
685                "PARAGRAPHS": [
686                    "If you’ve had Udemy Credits added to your account by our team, or for a special promotion, then the good news is they will be automatically applied to your next course purchase at Udemy.com. In addition, the credits can be used towards purchasing any Udemy course!",
687                    "Below are some of the frequently asked questions we receive regarding Udemy Credits.",
688                    "What are Udemy Credits?",
689                    "Udemy Credits are a balance that is automatically counted towards your next course purchase, even though the credits have no cash value. So, for example, if you’ve had 5 credits added to your account by our team, and the next course you decide to purchase is listed at $30 USD, then you will only be charged $25 USD.",
690                    "The credits are based on the currency that is set for your account.",
691                    "How are credits used?",
692                    "Udemy Credits in your account will be automatically applied to your next course purchase. So, when you select a course and proceed to the payment page, you will see the total credits that have been applied to the purchase. In addition, if you have any credits left in your account,  the remaining total will also be posted. ",
693                    "Please note that Udemy Credits can only be be applied on purchases that take place at Udemy.com, and not on the Android or iOS Udemy mobile app. ",
694                    "How long do I have to use my credits?",
695                    "Generally speaking, Udemy Credits are good for six months after they are added to your account, but you can confirm the expiration date of your credits, by looking at the right hand side of your Credit History page. ",
696                    "Please note that the credits will expire at 23:59:59 PM, Pacific Standard Time (PST), of the corresponding day.",
697                    " ",
698                    "What happens if I refund a course that had Udemy Credits applied to the purchase?",
699                    "If you are granted a refund for a course purchase, which used Udemy Credits towards it, the credits that were applied to the initial purchase will be returned to your Udemy account. Please note that the credits hold no cash value, and Udemy’s standard refund policy applies.",
700                    "If I purchase a course as a gift will my credits be applied?",
701                    "Yes. Udemy Credits in your account will also be automatically applied to a course you purchase as a gift.  ",
702                    "Can I use my credits on the mobile app?",
703                    "No. Udemy Credits can only be be applied to purchases that take place at Udemy.com, and not on the Android or iOS Udemy mobile app. ",
704                    "How can I check my account’s credits?",
705                    "You can check your account’s credit total, and review your credit history, by navigating to your Udemy Credits page. You can access the page by moving your cursor to your profile image at the top right hand, and then clicking on Udemy Credits in the dropdown menu.",
706                    "You can also get there by clicking here.",
707                    "In your account’s credit history you can review when and how many Udemy Credits were added to your account, the status of the credits (for example: whether they were used towards a course purchase), and their expiration date. ",
708                    "Please note that your credit history page is only accessible at Udemy.com, and not through the Android or iOS Udemy mobile app.",
709                    "Can I request to have my credits put on hold? And not applied to my next course purchase?",
710                    "No. Udemy.com is setup to automatically apply Udemy Credits to your next course purchase.",
711                    "Can I request to have Udemy Credits redeemed as cash?",
712                    "No. Udemy Credits hold no cash value and cannot be redeemed as cash.",
713                    " ",
714                    "If you have any additional questions regarding Udemy Credits, you can contact our Support Team by clicking here. For tips and information on troubleshooting purchase issues, please click here."
715                ],
716                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
717                    "What are Udemy Credits?",
718                    "How are credits used?",
719                    "How long do I have to use my credits?",
720                    "What happens if I refund a course that had Udemy Credits applied to the purchase?",
721                    "If I purchase a course as a gift will my credits be applied?",
722                    "Can I use my credits on the mobile app?",
723                    "How can I check my account’s credits?",
724                    "Can I request to have my credits put on hold? And not applied to my next course purchase?",
725                    "Can I request to have Udemy Credits redeemed as cash?"
726                ]
727            }
728        },
729        {
730            "TITLE": "Using The Captions Editing Tool",
731            "fields": {
732                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115014484808-Using-The-Captions-Editing-Tool",
733                "PARAGRAPHS": [
734                    "As part of Udemy’s plan to expand the global reach of instructors, and help make course content more accessible to students around the world, Udemy provides auto-generated captions in English for English video lectures. If you wish to improve and edit the auto-generated captions that were generated for your course, you can do so by using Udemy’s caption editing tool. In addition, you can also use the tool to edit captions that you’ve created and uploaded yourself.",
735                    "Please note that the caption editing tool cannot be used to create new captions for your course. For steps on how to create new captions for your video lectures, please click here.",
736                    "For additional information on our auto-generated captions program, please review this article.",
737                    "How to Use The Captions Editing Tool",
738                    "If you would like to use the captions editing tool to improve the captions that have been added to your course, please follow the steps below:",
739                    "1) Click Captions on the left hand side of the Course Management page.",
740                    "2) On the captions page, click Edit on the right hand side of the lecture you wish to edit the captions for. You will be directed to the caption editing tool.",
741                    "3) Navigate between the caption entries by clicking the text in the right column of the editing tool, or by clicking around the progress bar of the video player, which corresponds with the timestamp.",
742                    "4) As you watch the lecture video, you can make edits to the captions in each timestamp entry, by clicking on the entry and typing in the change. As you type your edits in the caption entry on the right, you will also be able to see the changes on the lecture player screen.",
743                    "5) Once you’re done editing the captions, click Save and Publish at the top right of the page",
744                    "Please note: after clicking Save and Publish, the changes to the course captions will become live in your course. If you exit the captions editing tool without publishing the changes you’ve made, any changes you’ve made will be discarded.",
745                    "Resetting Captions",
746                    "If you decide you would like to reset any changes you've made to auto-generated captions with the editing tool, you can do so by using the reset function.",
747                    "Please note: taking this action will restore auto-generated captions to their original state, as they were when they were first uploaded by Udemy.",
748                    "1) Click Captions on the left hand side of the Course Management page.",
749                    "2) On the captions page, click the ellipses on the right hand side of the lecture you wish to reset the captions for.",
750                    "3) Click Reset. The captions will be reset to the original auto-generated text.",
751                    "Deleting Captions",
752                    "If you wish to delete a caption file you created and uploaded to a lecture, then click on the ellipses on the right hand side, and select Delete. Please note that deleting a caption file cannot be undone.",
753                    "Auto-generated caption files cannot be deleted. They can either be edited, by following the steps outlined above, replaced with a caption file you’ve created and uploaded, or disabled in bulk by clicking the “Disable” button on your Captions page."
754                ]
755            }
756        },
757        {
758            "TITLE": "How do I Earn Revenue From Udemy for Business?",
759            "fields": {
760                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115013221767-How-do-I-Earn-Revenue-From-Udemy-for-Business-",
761                "PARAGRAPHS": [
762                    "Udemy for Business is a fast-growing, subscription-based enterprise learning solution, offering a curated selection of Udemy’s top-rated 3,000 courses to leading organizations around the world. Companies like PayPal, Lyft, Century 21,  Booking.com, General Mills, Pinterest, and thousands of others leverage Udemy for Business to engage employees in learning from the the freshest, highest-quality content on the market.",
763                    "For more information on Udemy for Business and how to get your name in front of employees at leading companies, please click here.",
764                    "Please note that if your course(s) are added to Udemy for Business content collection, you may begin to see new students in your student list with a Udemy for Business tag (see below).",
765                    "Udemy for Business Revenue Share",
766                    "The Udemy for Business instructor revenue model is different from the Udemy marketplace instructor revenue model. While marketplace instructor revenue is calculated on volume of course purchases and students’ lead sources for a given course, Udemy for Business instructor revenue is based on learner engagement, or the total number of minutes consumed within an instructor’s course(s).",
767                    "Each month, Udemy allocates 25% of monthly subscription revenue from Udemy for Business customers for payments to Udemy for Business instructors as our instructor revenue pool. To calculate instructor payments each month, we divide the instructor revenue pool by the total minutes consumed by Udemy for Business learners across all courses that month. This “per-minute” amount is then multiplied by the number of minutes learners have spent in your courses to determine your revenue. This calculation includes time spent on video, including any re-watched minutes. This calculation does not include time spent on quizzes, coding exercises or assignments.",
768                    "Note: revenue from Practice Test-only courses is calculated in the same way: by minutes spent in the course. Although there is no timestamp at the bottom of the course player in Practice Test-only courses, as there is in video-based courses, the minutes spent in the course is still tracked in our system, and taken into account in your revenue calculation. ",
769                    "Payment Schedule",
770                    "Revenue from Udemy for Business will be reflected in your revenue report on the 3rd business day of each month, for minutes consumed in the previous month. For example, revenue from August will be reflected in your revenue report on the 3rd business day of September.",
771                    "For courses with multiple instructors, revenue will be divided amongst co-instructors and reflected in each instructor’s individual revenue report.  ",
772                    "In just the last year, Udemy for Business has tripled its customer base and we continue to be on a strong growth trajectory. By partnering with Udemy for Business, you’re not only increasing your own visibility and credibility as an instructor, you’re helping to transform workplace learning.",
773                    "If you have additional questions, please reach out ufbcontent@udemy.com."
774                ]
775            }
776        },
777        {
778            "TITLE": "Pricing and Promotions Policy - Other Languages ",
779            "fields": {
780                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115013202407-Pricing-and-Promotions-Policy-Other-Languages-",
781                "PARAGRAPHS": [
782                    "This page includes translations of our Pricing and Promotions Policy (effective March 8, 2018) in the following languages: Korean, Chinese (Traditional), Chinese (Simplified), Dutch, Russian, Romanian, Indonesian and Thai.",
783                    "The Pricing and Promotions Policy is also available in other languages:",
784                    "(English) Pricing and Promotions Policy\n\n(German) Richtlinien für Preise und Werbeaktionen\n\n(Spanish) Política de precios y promociones\n\n(French) Politique tarifaire et promotionnelle\n\n(Italian) Politica sui prezzi e sulle promozioni\n\n(Japanese) 日本向け価格設定およびプロモーションに関するポリシー \n\n(Polish) Polityka dotycząca cen i promocji\n\n(Portuguese) Política de Preços e Promoções\n\n(Turkish) Fiyatlandırma ve Promosyon Politikası\n\n\n\nTable of Contents\n\n(Korean) 가격책정 및 프로모션 방침\n\n(Chinese - Traditional) 定價與促銷政策\n\n(Chinese - Simplified) 定价和推广政策\n\n(Dutch) Prijs- en promotiebeleid\n\n(Russian) Политика ценообразования и стимулирования продаж\n\n(Romanian) Politica de prețuri și promoții\n\n(Indonesian) Kebijakan Penetapan Harga dan Promosi\n\n(Thai) นโยบายราคาและโปรโมชั่น",
785                    "가격책정 및 프로모션 방침\n2018년6월 27일부터 실시",
786                    "본 가격책정 및 프로모션 방침은 당사의 가격책정, 선택적 마케팅 프로그램 및 프로모션에 관한 모든 정보를 포함하고 있습니다.",
787                    "당사는 본 가격책정 및 프로모션 방침에 중요한 변경 사항이 있을 경우 이메일 또는 Udemy 웹 사이트에 공지를 통하여 귀하에게 통지할 것입니다. 본 방침에 대하여 질문이 있으시면, 아래의 양식을 사용하여 당사의 지원 팀으로 이메일을 보내 주시기 바랍니다. 본 방침에서 사용되고 달리 여기에 정의되지 않은 모든 대문자 용어들은 Udemy의 이용 약관 또는 강사 약관 (\"강사 약관\")에 규정된 의미를 그대로 사용됩니다. 본 가격책정 및 프로모션 방침은 강사 약관에 명시된 조건의 적용을 받습니다.",
788                    "본 가격책정 및 프로모션 방침의 영어 이외 다른 언어로 작성된 버전들은 편의상 제공되는 것이며, 여러 버전 간에 상충이 있는 경우에는 영어 버전이 우선함을 이해하고 동의하셔야 합니다. 가격책정",
789                    "기준 가격 선택 강사로서 귀하는 Udemy 가격 계층 표(아래에 요약이 제공됨)에서 귀하의 강좌 기준 가격에 적용되는 계층을 선택할 수 있습니다. 귀하의 강사 계정에 있는 \"가격 수정\" 화면으로 이동하여 해당 계층을 선택할 수 있습니다. 그 후, 본 가격책정 및 프로모션 방침에 따라 달리 수정되지 않는 한, 학생들은 선택된 가격을 보게 됩니다. 이 가격 계층 표는 시장 상황 또는 환율 변화에 따라 주기적으로 업데이트 됩니다. 그러나 프로모션 프로그램과 관련하여 특정 강좌는 Udemy의 재량에 따라 높은 가격이 책정될 수 있습니다. 강좌가 Udemy의 마케팅 프로그램 또는 Udemy의 모바일 응용 프로그램을 통해 제공되는 경우를 제외하고, 강사는 강사 약관에 따라 해당 강좌에 적용할 기준 가격을 결정할 전적인 책임이 있습니다. 강좌가 Udemy의 모바일 응용 프로그램을 통해 제공되는 경우, 모바일 플랫폼 제공업체의 가격 체계가 적용되며 제공업체는 강사가 결정한 강좌 가격에 가장 근접한 가격 계층을 선택합니다. 모바일 플랫폼에서의 환전은 해당 플랫폼이 관리하므로 강좌 가격은 선택하신 가격 계층과 다르게 표시될 수 있음을 참고하십시오.",
790                    "현재 Udemy 수강생이 강좌를 구입할 수 있는 통화는 다음과 같습니다. 미국 달러(USD), 영국 파운드(GBP), 유로(EUR), 일본 엔(JPY), 싱가포르 달러(SGD), 멕시코 페소(MXN), 브라질 헤알(BRL), 캐나다 달러(CAD), 오스트레일리아 달러(AUD), 이스라엘 셰켈(ILS), 타이 바트(THB), 신 타이완 달러(TWD), 남아프리카 공화국 랜드(ZAR), 인도 루피(INR), 폴란드 즈워티(PLN), 터키 리라(TRY), 노르웨이 크로네(NOK) 및 대한민국 원(KRW) 및 인도네시아 루피아(IDR).",
791                    "모바일에서의 결제 통화",
792                    "위의 내용에도 불구하고, Udemy 모바일 응용 프로그램은 모바일 플랫폼 제공업체(예: 애플, 구글)가 제공하는 모든 통화를 지원합니다. “Your Revenue”(내 수입)로 이동하여 강사 수입 보고서에서 통화와 학생의 강좌 결제금를 구매건 별로 볼 수 있습니다.",
793                    "수입 배분액 및 세금",
794                    "강사 약관의 제9항에서 명시된 바와 같이, 귀하가 Udemy 마케팅 프로그램(아래 참조)을 선택하지 않은 경우, 당사는 귀하의 강좌를 위하여 받은 순 금액의 50%에서 학생 환불과 같은 관련 공제액을 뺀 금액을 귀하에게 지불합니다(“표준 수입 배분액”). 귀하가 당사의 마케팅 프로그램 중의 어느 하나를 선택하는 경우, 수입 배분액은 달라질 수 있으며 프로그램 별로 규정됩니다.",
795                    "Udemy는 학생들이 납입한 통화와 관계없이 미국 달러화로 모든 금액을 지불합니다. Udemy는 환전을 제외한 모든 거래 처리 비용을 부담합니다.",
796                    "학생이 강좌를 구입한 곳의 국가가 Udemy에게 부가가치세 또는 상품서비스세를 송금하도록 요구하는 경우, 당사는 순 금액을 계산할 때 강좌 판매 가격에서 세액을 공제합니다. 순 금액은 해당 수입 배분 모델에 따라 Udemy와 강사 간에 분할됩니다.",
797                    "현재 부가가치세\/상품서비스세를 요구하는 국가에는 모든 유럽연합(EU) 국가, 영국, 한국, 일본, 뉴질랜드 및 오스트레일리아가 포함되지만, Udemy는 필요한 경우 이 목록에 국가를 추가할 권리를 가집니다.",
798                    "해당되는 경우, Udemy는 웹 사이트 구매에 대하여 유럽 연합의 세금을 부과하고 지불합니다. 모바일 인앱 구매의 경우, 유럽연합의 세금이 징수되고, 애플과 구글에 의하여 각각 지불됩니다.",
799                    "수입 보고서",
800                    "귀하의 수입 보고서는 현지 판매 가격(현지 통화)과 적용 환율을 표시합니다:",
801                    "귀하는 개별 거래를 클릭하여 추가 정보를 볼 수 있습니다.",
802                    "프로모션",
803                    "유료 강좌에 대한 Udemy의 마케팅 프로그램Udemy는 귀하의 강사 계정을 통하여 강사가 현재 이용할 수 있는 다음과 같은 마케팅 프로그램(“마케팅 프로그램”)의 선택 기회를 제공합니다. 이러한 프로그램 중 하나에 참여하거나 기본 설정을 조정하려면, Udemy 계정으로 로그인 하고 이 링크 https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/user\/edit-promotional-agreements\/를 클릭한 다음 관련 프로그램까지 스크롤 다운하여 선택하고자 하는 각각의 박스에 체크 표시를 하고 페이지의 하단까지 스크롤 다운 후 저장을 클릭하여 설정을 적용합니다. 수입을 최적화 하기 위하여 특정 거래가 수시로 변경될 수 있지만, 가장 최근의 거래는 다음과 같습니다:1. Udemy 거래 프로그램: 귀하의 강좌(들) 판매 증진을 겨냥.",
804                    "a) 수백만의 학생들이 Udemy 거래 프로그램을 통하여 매년 강좌에 등록합니다. Udemy 거래 프로그램을 구성하는 프로모션 채널 모두가 Udemy에서 귀하의 수입 잠재력을 극대화하는 데 도움을 주는 수단입니다. Udemy 거래 프로그램은 귀하의 강좌 판매를 최적화 하기 위하여 설계된 이메일 및 기타 채널을 통하여 매우 세분화된 할인 혜택을 이용합니다. 귀하는 다음 프로그램, 즉 \"백분율 프로모션\" 및\/또는 \"고정 가격 프로모션\" 중의 하나 또는 모두에 참여하도록 선택할 수 있습니다. \n\n\"백분율 프로모션\" 프로그램은 기본 가격에서 최대 75%(또는 반올림 가격의 경우 조금 더 높게) 할인된 가격으로 강좌를 제공합니다.\n\"고정 가격 프로모션\"은 기본 가격보다 낮은 고정 가격으로 강좌를 제공하지만 최하 가격이 대략 미화 10달러 미만으로 내려가지는 않습니다(예: $10, $19 또는 $29의 할인된 가격). 호주, 브라질, 멕시코, 인도, 터키 및 남아프리카공화국은 제외됩니다. 고정 가격 프로모션에서 책정된 판매 가격은 적용 가능한 기본 가격을 기준으로 할인율이 75%를 초과할 수도 있습니다.\n\nb) Udemy 거래 프로그램 제의는 서비스, 사용자에 대한 커뮤니케이션 또는 제3자 플랫폼을 통하여 홍보될 수 있습니다. 귀하는 실제 기간이 특정 Udemy 거래 프로그램에 따라 다를 수 있는 것을 이해하고 동의합니다. \nc) 수입 배분액: Udemy 거래 프로그램에 참여함으로써, 귀하는 (i) 수입 배분액이 상이하지만 대부분의 지역에서 순 금액의 최고 50%가 될 수 있고, (ii) 모든 프로그램이 모든 지역에서 이용할 수 있는 것은 아님을 인정합니다. \n\n\n\n Udemy 마케팅 증진 프로그램: 귀하의 강좌 판매 증진을 위한 멀티 채널 마케팅 프로그램. \n\n\n\na) Udemy는 수만 개의 파트너 사이트 (\"제휴사\") 및 제3자 거래 사이트와의 확립된 관계의 네트워크를 가지고 있습니다 (\"거래 파트너\" 그리고 제휴사와 함께 \"외부 파트너\"). 당사에는 또한 고급 디지털 마케팅 전술(유료 광고 등)의 사용에 전념하는 전담 팀이 있습니다. Udemy 마케팅 증진 프로그램은 제휴사 및 페이스북과 같은 제3자 플랫폼 거래 파트너를 통하여 강좌를 프로모션하는 Udemy 마케팅 프로그램입니다. 이 프로그램에는 선행 비용이 없습니다. \nb) Udemy가 임의로 제3자 플랫폼에서 귀하의 강좌를 위한 광고를 구입하고 시행한 후 적절한 수단(픽셀, 쿠키 등의 추적을 포함하되 이들에 한정되지 않음)을 통하여 결과적인 매출을 추적하는 경우(\"유료 광고\"), 이러한 광고활동과 연관된 수수료가 있을 수 있습니다. \nc) 수입 배분액: Udemy 마케팅 증진 프로그램에 참여함으로써, 귀하는 다음 사항에 동의합니다. (i) Udemy가 귀하의 강좌를 프로모션하기 위하여 외부 파트너를 고용하고 유료 광고를 개시할 수 있다. (ii) 모든 프로그램이 모든 지역에서 제공되는 것이 아니다. (iii) Udemy가 순 금액을 산정하기 전에 외부 파트너 수수료 또는 유료 광고비를 공제할 수 있다. Udemy 마케팅 증진 프로그램과 관련하여, 귀하는 귀하의 수입 배분액이 달라질 수 있으나 대부분의 경우 순 금액의 25%가 될 것임을 인정합니다. \n\n\n\n Udemy 비즈니스 프로그램: 비즈니스를 위해 제안하는 Udemy 가입 기회. \n\n\n\na) Udemy 비즈니스(UFB) 프로그램을 신청함으로써 귀하는 귀하의 모든 강좌를 비즈니스 고객들(“UFB 고객”)이 구독하여 이용할 수 있는 강좌인 Udemy 비즈니스 컬렉션 강좌에 포함될 수 있도록 동의하는 것입니다. Udemy는 UFB 고객의 필요와 요청에 따라 단독 재량으로 UFB 고객을 위한 Udemy 비즈니스 컬렉션 강좌에 귀하의 어떠한 강좌가 포함될지 선택할 수 있으며, 선택된 Udemy 비즈니스 컬렉션 강좌들을 수시로 변경할 수 있습니다. 당사의 Udemy 비즈니스는 가입 모델을 기반으로 제공되는 것이므로, UFB 프로그램에 포함된 강좌 판매 가격은 Udemy의 재량에 따릅니다. \nb) 귀하는 본 UFB 프로그램에 참여함으로써, 참여 기간 동안 귀하의 강좌를 취소하거나 비공개로 할 수 없다는 점을 이해하고 이에 동의합니다. \nc) 종료. 귀하는 언제든 귀하의 UFB 프로그램 참여를 종료할 수 있습니다. Udemy는 Udemy 비즈니스 컬렉션 강좌에서 귀하의 강좌를 종료 육(6)개월 이내에 삭제하고, 귀하의 강좌가 Udemy 비즈니스 컬렉션 강좌에서 삭제되기 전까지 해당 요율로 귀하의 수익 배분 금액을 계속 지급합니다. 귀하의 강좌가 Udemy 비즈니스 컬렉션 강좌에서 삭제되고 나면, UFB 고객들은 더 이상 귀하의 강좌에 등록할 수 없으며, 귀하는 더 이상 UFB 프로그램 수익 배분금을 받을 수 없으나, 그 이전에 귀하의 강좌에 등록한 UFB 고객인 학생은 동 UFB 고객이 Udemy 비즈니스에 가입을 유지하는 한, 해당 강좌들을 계속 이용할 수 있습니다.\nd) 수익. 귀하는 UFB 프로그램을 통해 제공되는 귀하의 강좌 수강에 대해 수수료를 받습니다. 이러한 수수료는 다음과 같이 계산됩니다. \n\n매월, Udemy는 모든 현 UFB 고객이 지불한 총 월납 가입 수수료를 계산하고, 모든 관련 판매 또는 부가세, 환율 수수료, 제3자 결제 처리 수수료를 차감합니다.\n이 금액의 이십오 퍼센트(25%)는 이하 상술된 바와 같이 UFB 프로그램에 참여하는 강사들에게 배분됩니다(“강사 수익 총액”).\n매월 Udemy는 모든 현 UFB 고객이 Udemy 비즈니스 컬렉션 강좌에 있는 강좌 콘텐츠를 수강한 총 시간(분)을 계산합니다(“총 수강 시간(분)”).\n매월 Udemy는 또한 해당 월의 Udemy 비즈니스 컬렉션 강좌에 포함된 귀하의 각 강좌 별 총 수강 시간(분)을 계산합니다(“수강 시간(분)”).\n귀하의 월별 수익 배분액을 계산하기 위하여 Udemy는 강사 수익 총액을 총 수강 시간(분)으로 나눈 후, 동 분당 금액을 귀하의 강좌 시간(분)과 곱합니다.\n\n\n강사가 만든 쿠폰",
805                    "강사로서 귀하는https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/229603968-에서 명시된 지침에 따라 귀하가 Udemy에서 만든 쿠폰 코드(\"쿠폰 코드\")를 사용하여 귀하의 강좌를 프로모션함으로써 매출을 증가시킬 수 있습니다. 귀하는 학생들이 귀하의 강좌에 등록할 당시 귀하의 쿠폰 코드를 입력하는 학생들로부터 (강사 약관에 명시된 바와 같이) 순 금액의 97%를 받으며, 예외적으로 일본 지역의 경우 순 금액의 96%를 받게 됩니다.",
806                    "쿠폰 코드를 사용하는 경우 강좌 판매 가격이 미화 10달러 아래로 내려가지만 않는다면 귀하의 강좌에 대한 할인율을 원하는 대로 정할 수 있습니다. 대안으로서, 귀하는 귀하의 강좌를 무료로, 즉, 기준 가격에서 100% 할인한 가격으로 제공할 수 있습니다. 실제 할인은 반올림 및 통화 변환으로 인하여 약간 더 높을 수 있음을 유의하시기 바랍니다. 전술한 내용에도 불구하고, 귀하는 사용자가 귀하의 강좌를 무료로 수강할 수 있게 하는 쿠폰 코드를 발행할 수 있습니다. 강사로서 귀하는 학생들이 서비스에서 보는 통화가 귀하의 강좌에서 표시하는 통화와 다를 수 있음을 인식해야 합니다. 귀하의 쿠폰은 여전히​유효하며, 또한 Udemy가 지원하는 모든 통화로 비례하는 할인을 제공할 것입니다. 학생의 국가가 당사에게 세금을 부과하도록 요구하는 경우, 거래 시 강사가 결정한 강좌 가격에는 세금이 포함되어 있습니다. 강사가 수입 보고서에서 이러한 거래를 보는 경우, 수입 배분액은 학생이 지급한 가격에서 세금을 공제한 금액에서 계산됩니다. 본 방침은 수시로 업데이트될 수 있습니다. ",
807                    "定價與促銷政策\n於 2018 年 6 月 27 日生效。",
808                    "本定價與促銷政策包含有關定價、可選行銷計劃及促銷的所有資訊。",
809                    "我們將在本定價與促銷政策的任何重大變更生效之前透過電郵或在 Udemy 網站上發佈公告的方式通知您。若您對本政策有任何疑問，請使用下方表格向我們的支援團隊發送電郵。本政策中使用但未另行界定的所有大寫術語應具有 Udemy 的使用條款或講師條款與條件（「講師條款」）規定的含義。本定價與促銷政策受講師條款中規定的條款及條件規限。本定價與促銷政策除英文以外的任何語言版本僅為方便起見而提供，您理解並同意，若有任何衝突，將以英文版本為準。",
810                    "定價",
811                    "選擇基準價格 作為講師，您可從 Udemy 價格層矩陣中選擇界定您的課程基準價格的價格層（概要見下文）。您可前往您的講師帳戶中的「價格編輯」畫面進行操作。之後，學生將看到所選擇的價格，根據本定價與促銷政策的條款另行調整除外。該價格層矩陣將根據市場情況或匯率變化定期更新。儘管有上述規定，Udemy 可針對促銷計劃自行決定提高若干課程的價格除透過 Udemy 的行銷計劃提供的課程，或在 Udemy 的行動應用上提供的課程外，講師將全權負責根據講師條款確定就該課程收取的基準價格。如在 Udemy 的行動應用上提供課程，將以行動平台提供商的定價矩陣為準，並且提供商將選擇最接近講師設定的課程價格的價格層。請注意，在行動平台上的貨幣兌換由這些平台控制，因此，您的課程價格可能看起來與您選擇的價格層不同。",
812                    "如價格層矩陣所述, Udemy 目前讓學生可使用下列貨幣購買課程：美金 (USD)、英鎊 (GBP)、歐元 (EUR)、日圓 (JPY)、新加坡元 (SGD)、墨西哥披索 (MXN)、巴西雷亞爾 (BRL)、加拿大幣 (CAD)、澳幣 (AUD)、以色列謝克爾 (ILS)、泰幣 (THB)、新台幣 (TWD)、南非蘭特 (ZAR)、印度盧比 (INR)、波蘭茲羅提 (PLN)、土耳其里拉 (TRY)、挪威克朗 (NOK) 以及韓元 (KRW), 以及印尼盾 (IDR)。",
813                    "行動應用上的貨幣",
814                    "儘管有上述規定，Udemy 行動應用支持行動平台提供商（如 Apple 及 Google）提供的所有貨幣。您可以透過查閱您講師收入報告中與每項購買對應的「您的收入」，查看貨幣及學生花多少錢購買課程。",
815                    "收入分成與稅費",
816                    "如講師條款第 9 條所述，若您未選擇加入 Udemy 行銷計劃（請參見下文），我們將向您支付您的課程所得淨額減去任何適用的扣除額（如學生退款）後的百分之五十 (50%)（「標準收入分成」）。若您決定選擇加入我們的任何行銷計劃，相關收入分成可能會有所不同，具體視每種計劃的規定。",
817                    "無論學生以何種貨幣進行交易，Udemy 均以美元向講師支付所有款項。Udemy 將承擔所有交易處理費，但不包括外幣兌換。",
818                    "若購買課程的學生所在的國家要求 Udemy 免除增值稅 (VAT) 或商品及服務稅 (GST)，我們將在計算淨額時從課程售價中扣除稅額。Udemy 與講師將會根據適用的收入分攤機制分配淨額。",
819                    "需要增值稅／商品及服務稅的國家目前包括所有歐盟 (EU) 國家、英國、南韓、日本、紐西蘭及澳洲，但 Udemy 保留在必要時新增其他國家至該清單中的權利。",
820                    "在適用時，Udemy 將對網站購買收取並支付歐盟稅費。若為行動應用內購買，歐盟稅費將分別由 Apple 和 Google 收取及支付。",
821                    "收入報告",
822                    "您的收入報告將（以當地貨幣）顯示當地售價及適用的匯率：",
823                    "您可點按各個交易查看更多資訊。",
824                    "促銷",
825                    "Udemy 的付費課程行銷計劃Udemy 為講師提供透過您的講師帳戶選擇加入以下現有行銷計劃（「行銷計劃」）的機會。若要參加任何計劃或調整您的偏好，請登入您的 Udemy 賬戶並點按此連結：https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/user\/edit-promotional-agreements\/，隨後向下捲動至相關的計劃，核取每個方塊以加入，並向下捲動至頁面底部，然後點按保存以應用設定。具體交易可能不時變更以優化您的收入，但最新的交易如下：1. Udemy 交易計劃：旨在推動您的課程銷售。",
826                    "a) 每年數百萬學生透過 Udemy 交易計劃參加課程。構成 Udemy 交易計劃的兩種促銷渠道是幫助您最大限度地提高您在 Udemy 的潛在收入的強大工具。Udemy 交易計劃透過電郵及其他旨在優化您的課程銷售的渠道利用高度細分的折扣。您可以選擇參加以下兩種計劃或其中之一：「百分比促銷」及／或「固定價格促銷」：\n\n「百分比促銷」計畫讓 Udemy 能夠為您的課程提供折扣，折扣最高可達底價的 75% (或略高於四捨五入的價格)；且\nUdemy 可根據固定價格促銷方案，以低於底價的固定價格提供課程，但不得低於約 10 美元 (例如 10 美元、19 美元或 29 美元優惠)，但澳洲、巴西、墨西哥、印度、土耳其及南非不在此限。請注意，視適用的底價而定，固定價格促銷中的促銷價格可能相當於超過 75% 的折扣。\n\nb( Udemy 交易計劃的促銷優惠可能透過服務、使用者通訊或第三方平台提供。您理解並同意，實際期限可能因任何特定的 Udemy 交易計劃而異。\nc) 收入分成：參加 Udemy 交易計劃，即表示您確認 (i) 您的收入分成會有所不同，但在大部分地區最高可達到淨額的 50%；及 (ii) 並非所有計劃均在所有地區提供。\n\n\n\n Udemy 行銷促進計劃：推動您的課程銷售的多渠道行銷計劃。\n\n\n\na) Udemy 擁有數萬家合作夥伴網站（「關聯方」）組成的網路並與第三方交易網站（「交易合作夥伴」，關聯方為「外部合作夥伴」）建立了關係。我們亦擁有一整支致力於採用先進數位行銷策略（如付費廣告）的團隊。Udemy 行銷促進計劃是透過關聯方和第三方平台交易合作夥伴（如 Facebook）宣傳課程的 Udemy 行銷計劃。該計劃無預先支付的費用。\nb) 當 Udemy 在第三方平台自行為您的課程購買及投放廣告，並透過適當方式追蹤所產生的銷售（包括但不限於，追蹤像素、cookies 及類似方式）（「付費廣告」）時，將有與付費廣告活動相關的費用。\nc) 收入分成：參加 Udemy 行銷促進計劃，即表示您同意 Udemy：(i) 可聘請外部合作夥伴及承接付費廣告以宣傳您的課程；(ii) 並非所有計劃均在所有地區提供；以及 (iii) 在計算淨額前可扣除外部合作夥伴費用或付費廣告費用。您確認，就 Udemy 行銷促進計劃而言，您的收入分成可能會有所不同，但在大多數情況下為淨額的 25%。\n\n ",
827                    "Udemy 商業計劃：有機會列入 Udemy 的企業訂閱服務。 \n\n\na)申請 Udemy 商業（UFB）計劃，即表示您同意您的所有課程具備列入 Udemy 商業系列的資格，即可供企業客戶（「UFB 客戶」）使用的訂閱課程系列。Udemy 有權決定列入 UFB 客戶的 Udemy 商業系列，並可自行決定不時更改 Udemy 商業系列的課程選擇，以因應 UFB 客戶的需求及要求。由於 Udemy 商業服務是以訂閱的形式提供，UFB 計劃中的課程售價由 Udemy 自行決定。\nb) 您理解並同意，參與 UFB 計劃後，您不得在參與期限內取消發布或不公開課程。 \nc) 終止。您可隨時選擇終止參與 UFB 計劃。Udemy 將在終止後六 (6) 個月內將您的課程從 Udemy 商業系列中移除，並在您的課程從 Udemy 商業系列中移除前，持續根據當時的利率支付您的收入分成。一旦您的課程自 Udemy 商業系列中移除後，UFB 客戶便不能再登記參加您的課程，您也不能再獲得 UFB 計劃的收入分成，但是先前已登記參加您的課程的 UFB 客戶，只要仍訂閱 Udemy 商業，便能繼續存取相關課程。\nd) 收益。若有客戶透過 UFB 計劃參與您提供的課程，您將賺取費用。該等費用將按如下方式計算： \n\nUdemy 將按月計算目前所有 UFB 客戶支付的每月訂閱費用總額，扣除任何適用的銷售或增值稅、外匯費用以及第三方付款處理費。\n相關金額的百分之二十五 (25%) 將分配給參與 UFB 計劃的講師（「講師收益共享」），如下文詳述。\nUdemy 將按月計算 Udemy 商業系列的所有目前 UFB 客戶學習課程內容總時數（「所學總時數」）。\nUdemy 亦將按月計算列入 Udemy 商業系列的您的各門課程在所學的總時數中實際分鐘數（「您的課程分鐘數」）。\n您的每月收入分成將依照以下計算方式：講師收益共享除以所學總時數，再將所得的每分鐘金額乘以您的課程分鐘數。\n\n\n講師創建的優惠券",
828                    "作為講師，您可使用您按照指示在 Udemy 上創建的優惠券代碼（「優惠券代碼」）宣傳您的課程以增加您的銷售，具體參見：https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/customer\/portal\/articles\/1503919-how-do-i-create-a-coupon-for-my-course-。 若學生在登記參加您的課程時輸入您的優惠券代碼，您將收到淨額（定義見講師條款）的百分之九十七 (97%)，但在日本，您將收到淨額的百分之九十六 (96%)。 透過使用優待券代碼，您即可以任何百分比折扣來提供您的課程，但是您的課程促銷價格不得低於約 10 美元。或者，您亦可免費提供您的課程，即 100% 的基準價格折扣。請注意，由於四捨五入和貨幣兌換，實際折扣可能略高。儘管有上述規定，您可發放允許使用者免費參加您的課程的優惠券代碼。作為講師，您應該暸解，您的學生在服務上看到的貨幣可能與您列出您的課程的貨幣不同。您的優惠券仍然有效，並將以 Udemy 支援的任何貨幣提供比例相當的折扣。若學生所在國家要求我們收取稅費，則講師設定的課程價格將包含交易中的稅費。當講師在收入報告中查看這筆交易時，收入分成將按學生支付的稅後價格計算。本政策可能不時進行更新。",
829                    "定价和推广政策\n2018 年  6 月 27 日生效。",
830                    "本定价和推广政策包括所有定价、可选营销计划和推广活动的信息。",
831                    "本定价和推广政策的任何重大变动生效之前，我们将通过电子邮件或在 Udemy 网站上发布公告的形式通知您。如您对本政策有任何疑问，请使用以下的表单向我们的技术支持团队发送电子邮件。所有在本文中使用但未另外定义的专门术语的含义请见 Udemy 的使用条款或讲师条款与条件（“讲师条款”）。本定价和推广政策受制于讲师条款中规定的条款与条件。本定价和推广政策除英语外的其他任何语言版本仅为参考，您理解且同意如不同版本间存在任何冲突，以英语版本为准。",
832                    "定价",
833                    "选择一个基准价格 作为讲师，您可以从 Udemy 价格层级矩阵（矩阵概述请见下方）中选择一个层级作为您的课程的基准价格。您可以前往讲师账户中的“价格编辑”页面完成此操作。学生之后就可以看到所选定的价格，除非根据本定价和推广政策另有调整。此价格等级矩阵将根据市场情况或汇率的变动定期进行更新。然而，对于推广计划，Udemy 可能自行决定对有些课程采取更高的价格除通过 Udemy 的营销计划或在 Udemy 的移动应用程序上提供课程外，讲师将单独负责按照讲师条款确定课程的基准价格。如果课程在 Udemy 的移动应用程序上提供，将以移动平台提供商的定价矩阵为准，且提供商将选择最接近讲师设定的课程价格的价格层级。请注意，移动平台上的货币兑换由平台控制，因此您的课程价格可能看起来与您选择的价格层级不同。",
834                    "正如价格等级矩阵中所载明，Udemy 目前为有能力购买课程的学生提供以下货币支付方式：美元 (USD)、英镑 (GBP)、欧元 (EUR)、日元 (JPY)、新加坡元 (SGD)、墨西哥比索 (MXN)、巴西雷亚尔 (BRL)、加元 (CAD)、澳元 (AUD)、以色列谢克尔 (ILS)、泰国泰铢 (THB)、台湾新台币 (TWD)、南非兰特 (ZAR)、印度卢比 (INR)、波兰兹罗提 (PLN)、土耳其里拉 (TRY)、挪威克朗 (NOK) 以及韩元 (KRW), 以及印尼盾 (IDR).",
835                    "移动应用程序上的货币",
836                    "尽管有上述规定，Udemy 的移动应用程序支持移动平台提供商（例如 Apple 和 Google）提供的所有货币。您可通过您的讲师收入报告上与每次购买对应的“您的收入”，查看货币以及学生购买课程的价格。",
837                    "收入份额和税务",
838                    "正如讲师条款第 9 部分所规定，如果您选择不参加 Udemy 营销计划（参见下文），则我们支付给您的金额将是您的课程收到的净额的百分之五十 (50%) 减去任何适用的扣减金额，例如学生退款（“标准收入份额”）。如您选择参加我们的任一营销计划，则相关收入份额可能有所不同，视每个计划的情况而定。",
839                    "不论学生采用何种货币交易，Udemy 将以美元向讲师支付所有费用。Udemy 将承担所有交易手续费，外汇兑换费用除外。",
840                    "如果学生购买课程所在国家要求 Udemy 汇付增值税 (VAT) 或商品和服务税 (GST)，则我们在计算净额的时候将从课程售价中扣去此税额。净额将按相关的收入分享模式在 Udemy 和讲师之间分摊。",
841                    "目前要求缴纳 VAT\/GST 的国家包括所有欧盟国家 (EU)、英国、韩国、日本、新西兰和澳大利亚，但 Udemy 保留在必要时将其他国家添加至该列表的权利。",
842                    "在适用的时候，Udemy 对于所有网站购买行为收取欧盟税费并予以缴纳。对于移动应用程序上的购买，将由 Apple 和 Google 分别收取和缴纳欧盟税费。",
843                    "收入报告",
844                    "您的收入报告将显示本地售价（以本地货币计算）以及所采用的汇率：您可以点击每个单独的交易查看更多信息。",
845                    "推广活动",
846                    "Udemy 支付课程营销计划Udemy 为讲师提供机会，通过您的讲师账户选择参加以下现有的营销计划（“营销计划”）。如要参加任一此类计划或调整您的偏好，请登录您的 Udemy 账户并点击此链接：https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/user\/edit-promotional-agreements\/，然后向下滚动至相关计划，勾选每个方框选择参加，再接着向下滚动到页面底部，点击保存以应用您的设置。特定的优惠活动可能为了优化您的收益而不时发生变动，但目前正在推出的优惠活动如下：1. Udemy Deals 计划：目标在于促进您的课程营收。",
847                    "a) 每年有上百万的学生通过 Udemy Deals 计划注册参加课程学习。组成 Udemy Deals 计划的两个推广渠道是有助于您将在 Udemy 上的收益潜力最大化的有力工具。Udemy Deals 计划利用在电子邮件和其他渠道中实施的高度细化的折扣方案，旨在将您的课程的销量最大化。您可以选择参加以下一个或两个计划：“百分比推广优惠”和\/或“固定价格推广优惠”：\n\n\n参与“百分比促销”项目即表示您同意 Udemy 以低至底价 25% 的优惠销售您的课程（或略高于取整价格）；以及\n\n参与“固定价格促销”项目即表示您同意 Udemy 以固定价格销售您的课程。固定价格低于基本价，但不低于约 $10 USD（如，$10、$19 或 $29 优惠）。澳大利亚、巴西、墨西哥、印度、土耳其和南非除外。请注意，根据不同底价，固定价格促销活动的折扣可能会超过 75%。\n\nb) Udemy Deals 计划下中的特惠活动可能通过服务本身、用户通讯或是第三方平台进行推广。您理解和同意，对于任何特定的 Udemy Deal 计划，实际的持续时间可能发生变化。\nc) 收入份额：通过参加 Udemy Deals 计划，您确认，(i) 您的收入份额可能各有不同，但在大多数地区最高可以达到净额的 50%，(ii) 并非所有计划在所有地区均有开展。\n\n\n Udemy Marketing Boost 计划：一个促进您的课程营收的多渠道营销计划。\n\n\na) Udemy 拥有一个由上万个合作网站（“关联方”）组成的庞大网络，并与第三方推广活动网站（“推广合作伙伴”，并与关联方统称为“外部伙伴”）建立了稳定的关系。我们还有一个专门实施高级数字营销策略（如付费广告）的团队。Udemy Marketing Boost 计划是通过 Facebook 等关联方和第三方平台推广活动合作伙伴推广课程的 Udemy 营销计划。该计划无前端费用。\nb) 如 Udemy 选择在第三方平台上购买和投放关于您的课程的广告，并通过适当的方式（包括但不限于网络信标、Cookie 等方法）追踪销售成果（“付费广告”），则此类付费广告活动可能产生相关费用。\nc) 收入份额：通过参加 Udemy Marketing Boost 计划，您同意 Udemy：(i) 可能雇佣外部伙伴并通过付费广告推广您的课程；(ii) 并非所有计划在所有地区均有开展，且 (iii) 在计算净额前可能扣去外部伙伴的费用或付费广告的费用。您了解在 Udemy Marketing Boost 计划中，您的收入份额可能各有不同，但在大多数情况下为净额的 25%。\n\n\nUdemy For Business 计划：您有机会参加 Udemy For Business 订阅销售计划。 \n\n\na) 申请 Udemy for Business (UFB) 计划，即表明您同意使您的所有课程都有资格纳入 Udemy for Business 系列计划，该课程系列基于订阅推出，主要面向企业客户（“UFB 客户”）。Udemy 会选择您的哪些课程可以纳入提供给 UFB 客户的 Udemy for Business 系列，且可能自行不时更改 Udemy for Business 系列中所选定的课程，以满足 UFB 客户的需求和要求。由于 Udemy for Business 销售计划是基于订阅模式推出的，UFB 计划中的课程售价由 Udemy 决定。\nb) 您理解和同意，通过参加 UFB 计划，您在参与计划期间不会撤下您的课程，或将其设为私密。 \nc) 终止。您可选择随时终止参与 UFB 计划。在您终止参与计划后的六 (6) 个月内，Udemy 会将您的课程从 Udemy for Business 系列中移除，但在您的课程从 Udemy for Business 系列移除前，Udemy 会基于当时的汇率继续向您支付收入份额。从 Udemy for Business 系列中移除您的课程后，UFB 客户将不再能注册参加您的课程，您也不再赚取 UFB 计划收入份额，但只要 UFB 客户仍然订阅 Udemy for Business 计划，之前注册参加您课程的 UFB 客户的任何学生仍能继续学习这些课程。\nd) 收入。您就 UFB 计划中您的课程的消费情况赚取费用。费用将按照以下的方法计算： \n\n每个月，Udemy 都会计算所有当前 UFB 客户支付的月订阅费总额扣除任何适用的营业税、增值税、外汇费以及第三方支付手续费。\n该金额的百分之二十五 (25%) 将按如下所述分配给参加 UFB 计划的讲师（“讲师总费用”）。\n每个月，Udemy 会计算所有当前 UFB 客户消费的 Udemy for Business 系列课程内容的总分钟数（“消费的总分钟数”）。\n每个月，Udemy 还会计算消费的总分钟数中有多少分钟与 Udemy for Business 系列中您的每个课程有关（“您的课程分钟数”）。\n\nUdemy 将用讲师总费用除以消费的总分钟数，然后用您的课程分钟数乘以每分钟金额，来计算您每个月的收入份额。  \n\n\n\n讲师创建的优惠券",
848                    "作为讲师，您可以使用您根据该网址 https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/229603968 中的说明创建的优惠代码（“优惠代码”）推广您的课程，提高您的销量。对于那些在注册参加您的课程时输入您的优惠代码的学生，您将收到净额的百分之九十七 (97%)（如讲师条款中所定义），日本地区除外，在那儿您只能收到净额的百分之九十六 (96%)。 通过使用优惠券代码，您可以以任何百分比折扣的优惠销售您的课程，前提是您的课程销售价格不低于约 10 美元。此外，您还可以免费提供您的课程，即基准价格的 100% 折扣。请注意，因为四舍五入和货币兑换，实际的折扣可能更高。虽然有前述规定，您也可以提供让用户可以免费学习您课程的优惠代码。作为讲师，您应该知道，您的学生在网站上看到的货币可能与您登出课程所用的货币不同。您的优惠券仍然有效，它可以对 Udemy 支持的任何一种货币给予客户一定比例的折扣。如果学生所在国家要求我们收取税费，则讲师设定的课程价格包括交易税费。讲师在收入报告中看到此交易的时候，收入份额是按照学生所支付的价格减去税费得出。本政策可能不时更新。",
849                    "Prijs- en promotiebeleid \nIngangsdatum: 27 juni 2018.",
850                    "Het prijs- en promotiebeleid omvat alle informatie over onze prijzen, optionele marketingprogramma's en promoties.",
851                    "Wij stellen u via een e-mail of een bericht op de Udemy-website op de hoogte, voordat eventuele inhoudelijke wijzigingen aan dit prijs- en promotiebeleid van kracht gaan. Indien u vragen heeft over dit beleid, neem dan via e-mail contact op met ons supportteam door het formulier hieronder te gebruiken.Alle gebruikte termen en begrippen die niet anderszins zijn gedefinieerd, hebben dezelfde betekenis zoals in de gebruiksvoorwaarden van Udemy of de instructeursvoorwaarden. Het prijs- en promotiebeleid is onderhevig aan de voorwaarden zoals uiteengezet in de Instructeursvoorwaarden.Elke versie van dit prijs- en promotiebeleid in een taal anders dan het Engels wordt u aangeboden voor uw gemak, en u begrijpt en stemt ermee in dat de Engelse taal voorrang heeft als er gelijk welk conflict is met niet-Engelstalige versies.",
852                    "PRIJSSTELLING",
853                    "Het selecteren van een basisprijs Als u een instructeur bent, kunt u een niveau kiezen dat van toepassing is op de basisprijs van uw cursus uit de Udemy prijsmatrix (een samenvatting hiervan vindt u hier onder). U kunt dit doen door naar het “Prijs Bewerken” scherm te gaan in Uw Instructeur Account. Daarna, zullen studenten de geselecteerde prijs zien, tenzij anderszins aangepast overeenkomstig de voorwaarden van het prijs- en promotiebeleid. Deze prijsmatrix wordt periodiek bijgewerkt overeenkomstig de marktvoorwaarden of indien wisselkoersen veranderen. Desalniettemin mogen bepaalde cursussen in verband met promotionele programma's, hoger geprijsd worden naar goeddunken van UdemyBehalve als een cursus via de marketingprogramma's van Udemy beschikbaar wordt gesteld, of wanneer een cursus wordt aangeboden op de mobiele applicaties van Udemy, is een instructeur zelf verantwoordelijk voor het bepalen van de basisprijs die voor de cursus in rekening wordt gebracht, in overeenstemming met de instructeursvoorwaarden. In het geval dat cursussen worden aangeboden op mobiele applicaties van Udemy, zal de prijsmatrix van de mobiele aanbieder gelden en zal de aanbieder het prijsniveau selecteren die het dichtst bij de prijs ligt die door de instructeur is ingesteld. Wees u ervan bewust dat valutaomrekening op mobiele platforms wordt gedaan door de platforms zelf. Derhalve kan uw cursusprijs afwijken van het prijsniveau dat u heeft geselecteerd.",
854                    "Zoals aangegeven in de prijsmatrix, biedt Udemy studenten momenteel de mogelijkheid om cursussen te kopen in de volgende valuta: Amerikaans Dollar (USD), Britse Pond (GBP), Euro (EUR), Japanse Yen (JPY), Singaporese Dollar (SGD), Mexicaanse Peso (MXN), Braziliaanse Real (BRL), Canadese Dollar (CAD), Australische Dollar (AUD), Israëlische Shekel (ILS), Thaise Baht (THB), Taiwanese New Dollar (TWD) Zuid-Afrikaanse Rand (ZAR), Indische Roepie (INR), Poolse Zloty (PLN), Turkse Lira (TRY), Noorse Kroon (NOK),  Zuid-Koreaanse Won (KRW),  en Indonesische roepie (IDR).",
855                    "Valuta op mobiel",
856                    "Ondanks het bovenstaande, ondersteunt de mobiele applicatie van Udemy alle valuta die door de mobiele aanbieders worden aangeboden (zoals Apple en Google). U kunt de valuta en de prijs die een student voor een cursus heeft betaald zien door “Uw Inkomsten” te raadplegen voor elke aankoop op Uw Instructeur inkomstenrapport.",
857                    "Aandeel in de opbrengsten en belastingen",
858                    "Zoals vastgesteld in sectie 9 van de instructeursvoorwaarden: als u de Udemy marketingprogramma's niet onderschrijft (zie beneden), betalen we u vijftig procent (50%) van het nettobedrag dat u heeft ontvangen voor uw cursus, minus eventuele toepasselijke kortingen zoals restituties aan studenten (“Standaard Aandeel in Opbrengsten”). Mocht u besluiten om onze marketingprogramma's te onderschrijven, dan kan het relevante aandeel in opbrengsten afwijkend zijn, zoals gedefinieerd voor elk programma.",
859                    "Udemy doet alle betalingen aan instructeurs in Amerikaanse Dollars (USD), ongeacht de valuta waarin de student betaalt. Udemy aanvaardt alle verwerkingskosten voor transacties, exclusief buitenlandse valuta-omrekening. Wanneer het land waar de student zich bevindt, wanneer hij\/zij een cursus koopt, van Udemy eist dat btw (ofwel in de vorm van Value Added Tax (VAT) of GST (Goods & Services Tax)) wordt onthouden, dan zullen wij bij het berekenen van het nettobedrag, het belastingbedrag aftrekken van de cursusprijs. Het nettobedrag zal gesplitst worden tussen Udemy en de instructeurs, op basis van het toepasselijke model voor het delen van de inkomsten.Landen die momenteel VAT\/GST vereisen omvatten momenteel alle landen in de Europese Unie (EU), het Verenigd Koninkrijk, Zuid-Korea, Japan, Nieuw-Zeeland en Australië, maar Udemy behoudt zich het recht voor om zo nodig andere landen aan deze lijst toe te voegen.",
860                    "Indien van toepassing, rekent en betaalt Udemy Europese belastingen voor de aankoop via websites. In het geval van mobiele in-app aankopen, wordt Europese belasting geïnd en betaald door respectievelijk Apple en Google.",
861                    "Inkomstenrapport",
862                    "Uw inkomstenrapport zal de lokale verkoopprijs tonen (in lokale valuta) en de toegepaste wisselkoersen:U kunt aanvullende informatie bekijken door te klikken op een individuele transactie.",
863                    "PROMOTIES",
864                    "De marketingprogramma's van Udemy voor betaalde cursussenUdemy geeft instructeurs de mogelijkheid om mee te doen aan de volgende momenteel beschikbare marketingprogramma's (“Marketing Programs”) via Uw Instructeur Account. Om mee te doen aan een van deze programma's of uw voorkeuren aan te passen, logt u in op Uw Udemy Account en klikt u op deze link: https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/user\/edit-promotional-agreements\/, scrol vervolgens naar beneden naar het relevante programma, vink elk vakje aan om mee te doen en scrol naar de onderkant van de pagina om uw instellingen toe te passen. De specifieke aanbiedingen kunnen van tijd tot tijd verschillen om uw inkomsten te optimaliseren, maar de meest recente aanbiedingen staan hieronder:1.  Udemy Aanbiedingenprogramma: erop gericht om de verkoop van uw cursussen te stimuleren.",
865                    "a) Miljoenen studenten schrijven zich elk jaar in voor cursussen via het Udemy aanbiedingenprogramma. Beide promotionele kanalen waaruit het Udemy aanbiedingenprogramma bestaat zijn krachtige instrumenten om u te helpen uw inkomstenpotentieel op Udemy te maximaliseren. Het Udemy aanbiedingenprogramma gebruikt hoog gesegmenteerde kortingen via e-mail en andere kanalen, ontworpen om verkoop van uw cursus te optimaliseren. U kunt ervoor kiezen om aan één of beide van de volgende programma's deel te nemen: “Percentage Promoties” en\/of “Vaste Prijs Promoties”: \n\nMet het programma 'Percentagepromotie' kan Udemy je cursus aanbieden met een korting van maximaal 75% van de basisprijs (of iets hoger om prijzen af te ronden) en\nMet het programma 'Vaste-prijspromotie' kan Udemy de Cursus voor een vaste prijs aanbieden die lager is dan de Basisprijs, maar niet minder dan ongeveer USD 10 (bijv. aanbiedingen van $ 10, $ 19 of $ 29), behalve in Australië, Brazilië, Mexico, India, Turkije en Zuid-Afrika. Houd er rekening mee dat de Verkoopprijs bij Vaste-prijspromoties een korting van meer dan 75% kan krijgen afhankelijk van de toepasselijke Basisprijs.\n\n\n\nb) Udemy aanbiedingenprogramma's kunnen worden gepromoot via de services, communicaties naar gebruikers of via platforms van derde partijen. U begrijpt en gaat akkoord met het feit dat de werkelijke duur van elk specifiek Udemy aanbiedingenprogramma kan variëren.\nc) aandeel in de opbrengsten: Door deel te nemen aan het Udemy aanbiedingenprogramma, erkent u dat (i) uw aandeel in opbrengsten zal variëren, maar tot 50% van het nettobedrag kan zijn op de meeste grondgebieden; en (ii) niet alle programma's beschikbaar zijn in alle geografische gebieden. \n\n\n\n Udemy Marketing Boost Programma: Een marketingprogramma met meerdere kanalen om de verkoop van uw cursus te stimuleren. \n\n\n\na) Udemy heeft een netwerk van tienduizenden partnersites (\"gelieerde ondernemingen\") en gevestigde relaties met derde partij aanbiedingssites (\"aanbiedingspartners,\" en met gelieerde ondernemingen, \"externe partners\"). We hebben eveneens een heel team dat zich toewijdt aan het gebruik van geavanceerde digitale marketingtactieken (zoals betaalde reclame). Het Udemy Marketing Boost programma is het Udemy marketingprogramma dat cursussen promoot middels dochtermaatschappijen en derde partij-aanbiedingsplatform-partners, zoals Facebook. Er zijn geen aanloopkosten voor dit programma.\nb) Wanneer Udemy, indien zij dit wil, advertenties koopt en plaatst voor uw cursus op derde partij platforms, en de resulterende verkoop bijhoudt middels gepaste middelen (met inbegrip van, maar niet beperkt tot, het volgen van pixels, cookies en dergelijke) (\"Betaalde Reclame\"), zullen er kosten verbonden zijn met dergelijke betaalde reclameactiviteiten.\nc) aandeel in de opbrengsten: Door deel te nemen aan het Udemy Marketing Boost programma, gaat u ermee akkoord dat Udemy: (i) externe partijen mag inzetten en betaalde reclame mag ondernemen om uw cursussen te promoten; (ii) niet alle programma's beschikbaar zijn op alle grondgebieden; en (iii) kosten van externe partners mag aftrekken of kosten voor betaalde reclame mag aftrekken voordat het nettobedrag wordt berekend. U erkent dat in verband met het Udemy Marketing Boost programma uw aandeel in inkomsten kan variëren, maar in de meeste gevallen 25% van het nettobedrag zal zijn. \n\n\nUdemy voor zaken (Udemy For Business) programma: een mogelijkheid voor opname in de inschrijvingsaanbieding van Udemy voor bedrijven. \n\n\na) Door u in te schrijven in ons Udemy voor zaken programma (UFB - Udemy for Business), gaat u ermee akkoord om al uw cursussen in aanmerking te laten komen voor opname in de Udemy voor zaken collectie, een inschrijvingsgebaseerde cursuscollectie die beschikbaar is voor zakelijke klanten (\"UFB-klanten\"). Udemy mag kiezen welke van uw cursussen worden inbegrepen in de Udemy voor zaken collectie voor een UFB-klant, en kan naar eigen goeddunken van tijd tot tijd de selectie van cursussen wijzigen in de Udemy voor zaken collectie, in antwoord op de behoeften en vereisten van UFB-klanten. Aangezien onze Udemy voor zaken aanbieding gebaseerd is op een inschrijvingsmodel zijn de verkoopprijzen voor de cursussen die opgenomen zijn in het UFB-programma naar goeddunken van Udemy.\nb) U begrijpt en gaat ermee akkoord dat door deel te nemen aan het UFB-programma, u uw cursussen niet terug mag trekken of privé mag maken tijdens de duur van uw deelname. \nc) Beëindiging. U kunt ervoor kiezen om uw deelname aan het UFB-programma te allen tijde beëindigen. Udemy zal binnen zes (6) maanden na uw beëindiging uw cursussen verwijderen uit de Udemy voor zaken collectie en zal uw aandeel in de opbrengsten blijven betalen, gebaseerd op de toenmalige tarieven totdat uw cursussen verwijderd zijn uit de Udemy voor zaken collectie. Zodra uw cursussen verwijderd zijn uit de Udemy voor zaken collectie zullen UFB-klanten zich niet langer kunnen inschrijven in uw cursussen en ontvangt u niet langer een aandeel in de opbrengsten van het UFB-programma maar elke student van een UFB-klant die zich eerder in uw cursussen heeft ingeschreven, zal toegang blijven hebben tot die cursussen zolang de UFB-klant ingeschreven blijft bij Udemy voor zaken.\nd) Inkomsten. U zult vergoedingen krijgen voor de consumptie van uw aangeboden cursussen in het UFB-programma. Deze vergoedingen zullen als volgt worden berekend: \n\nElke maand berekent Udemy de totale maandelijkse inschrijvingsvergoedingen die door alle huidige UFB-klanten worden betaald, min eventuele toepasselijke omzetbelasting of btw, wisselkosten en betalingsverwerkingskosten voor derden.\nVijfentwintig procent (25%) van dit bedrag zal evenredig worden toegewezen aan instructeurs die deelnemen aan het UFB-programma (\"instructeur inkomstenpool\"), zoals verder beschreven hierbeneden.\nElke maand berekent Udemy de totale minuten cursusinhoud in de Udemy voor zaken collectie die geconsumeerd worden door alle huidige UFB-klanten (\"totale geconsumeerde minuten\").\nElke maand berekent Udemy ook hoeveel minuten van de totale geconsumeerde minuten toe te schrijven zijn aan elk van uw cursussen die die maand opgenomen waren in de Udemy voor zaken collectie (\"uw cursusminuten\").\nOm elke maand uw aandeel in de opbrengsten te berekenen, deelt Udemy de Instructeur inkomstenpool door het totale aantal geconsumeerde minuten, vermenigvuldig dan dat per minuut bedrag met uw cursusminuten.\n\n\nCoupons gecreëerd door instructeur",
866                    "Als instructeur, kunt u om uw verkoop doen toenemen uw cursussen promoten door een coupon code (“Coupon Code”) te gebruiken die u heeft aangemaakt op Udemy, in overeenstemming met de instructies die te vinden zijn op:https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/229603968. U ontvangt zevenennegentig procent (97%) van de netto hoeveelheid (zoals gedefinieerd in onze instructeursvoorwaarden) van die studenten die uw coupon code gebruiken op het moment dat zij zich inschrijven voor uw cursus, behalve op het grondgebied van Japan waar u zesennegentig procent (96%) van de netto hoeveelheid ontvangt. Met couponcodes kun je je cursus tegen elke gewenste korting aanbieden, mits je prijs dan niet lager wordt dan $ 10. Anderzijds kunt u uw cursussen ook gratis aanbieden, d.w.z. een volledige 100% korting op de basisprijs. Let op: de werkelijke korting kan enigszins hoger zijn door afronden en valuta-omrekening. Ongeacht het voorgaande, kunt u coupon codes uitgeven die gebruikers in staat stellen om uw cursus gratis te volgen.Als instructeur, moet u zich er bewust van zijn dat de valuta die uw studenten zien bij de services kan verschillen van de valuta die u vermeld heeft in uw cursus. Uw coupon zal nog altijd werken en het zal een proportionele korting geven op alle door Udemy ondersteunde valuta's. Wanneer het land van de student vereist dat wij belasting heffen, zijn prijzen die door instructeurs zijn vastgesteld voor de transactie inclusief belasting. Wanneer een instructeur deze transactie in het inkomstenrapport ziet, wordt het inkomstenaandeel berekend van de prijs die de student betaalt, min de belasting. Van tijd tot tijd kan dit beleid worden geüpdatet. ",
867                    "Политика ценообразования и стимулирования продаж \nДата вступления в силу:27 июня 2018 г.",
868                    "Эта политика ценообразования и стимулирования продаж включает всю информацию о нашей ценовой политике, дополнительных маркетинговых программах и рекламных акциях.",
869                    "Перед внесением каких-либо существенных изменений в настоящую Политику ценообразования и стимулирования продаж мы вышлем вам уведомление по электронной почте или разместим объявление на веб-сайте компании Udemy. Если у вас возникнут какие-либо вопросы по настоящей политике, то напишите в нашу службу поддержки, используя форму ниже.Все используемые термины, написанные с заглавной буквы и не определенные здесь иным образом, имеют значения, указанные в Условиях использования или Условиях и положениях о работе инструктора компании Udemy (далее — «Условиях работы инструктора»). Данная Политика ценообразования и стимулирования продаж разработана в соответствии с условиями и положениями, изложенными в Условиях работы инструктора.Любая версия настоящей Политики ценообразования и стимулирования продаж на языке, отличном от английского, предоставляется исключительно для удобства, и вы понимаете и соглашаетесь с тем, что оригинал документа на английском языке будет иметь преимущество при возникновении каких-либо конфликтов.",
870                    "ЦЕНООБРАЗОВАНИЕ",
871                    "Выбор базовой цены Являясь инструктором, вы можете выбрать уровень, регулирующий базовую цену на ваш курс, исходя из матрицы ценовых уровней компании Udemy (краткое описание которой приводится ниже). Вы можете сделать это, перейдя к экрану «Редактировать цену» в своей учетной записи инструктора. После этого студенты будут видеть выбранную цену, если только другие корректировки не будут сделаны в соответствии с условиями настоящей Политики ценообразования и стимулирования продаж. Эта матрица ценовых уровней будет периодически обновляться в соответствии с рыночными условиями или изменениями валютных курсов. Несмотря на это, в связи с программами стимулирования продаж стоимость некоторых курсов может быть оценена выше по усмотрению компании Udemy.За исключением случаев, когда курс предоставляется через маркетинговые программы компании Udemy или предлагается в мобильных приложениях компании Udemy, ответственность за определение базовой цены такого курса несет только инструктор, в соответствии с Условиями работы инструктора. В случае если курсы предлагаются в мобильных приложениях компании Udemy, то преимущество будет иметь матрица ценовых уровней провайдера мобильной платформы. Провайдер выбирает ценовой уровень, максимально приближенный к цене курса, определенной инструктором. Обратите внимание, что контроль над конвертацией валюты на мобильных платформах ведется самими платформами, и, соответственно, цена курса может отличаться от выбранного вами ценового уровня.",
872                    "На текущий момент на Udemy студенты могут покупать курсы в следующей валюте: американский доллар США (USD), британский фунт (GBP), евро (EUR), японская иена (JPY), сингапурский доллар (SGD), мексиканское песо (MXN), бразильский реал (BRL), канадский доллар (CAD), австралийский доллар (AUD), новый израильский шекель (ILS), тайский бат (THB), новый тайваньский доллар (TWD) южноафриканский ранд (ZAR), индийская рупия (INR), польский злотый (PLN), турецкая лира (TRY), норвежская крона (NOK), южнокорейский вон (KRW), индонезийская рупия (IDR).",
873                    "Валюты в мобильных приложениях",
874                    "Несмотря на вышесказанное, мобильное приложение компании Udemy поддерживает все виды валют, предлагаемые провайдерами мобильных платформ (такими как Apple и Google). В разделе Your Revenue («Ваш доход») Отчета о доходах инструктора для каждой покупки представлена информация о валюте и количестве обучающихся, для которых был куплен курс.",
875                    "Доля дохода и налоги",
876                    "Как указано в разделе 9 Условий работы инструктора, если вы не выберете маркетинговые программы компании Udemy (см. ниже), то мы заплатим вам пятьдесят процентов (50 %) чистой суммы, полученной от вашего курса минус любые применимые вычеты, такие как возмещения обучающимся («стандартная доля дохода»). Если вы решили принять участие в любой из наших маркетинговых программ, то соответствующая доля доходов может быть различной, как определено для каждой программы.",
877                    "Компания Udemy производит все платежи инструкторам в долларах США, независимо от валюты, в которой произвел оплату студент. Компания Udemy возьмет на себя все расходы на обработку транзакций, за исключением конвертации иностранной валюты.",
878                    "Если страна, студент которой покупает курс, потребует от компании Udemy перечислить налог на добавленную стоимость (НДС) или налог с товаров и услуг, то мы будем вычитать сумму налога из цены продажи курса при расчете чистой суммы. Чистая сумма будет разделена между компанией Udemy и инструкторами в соответствии с применимой моделью долей дохода.",
879                    "В число стран, требующих уплаты НДС \/ налога с товаров и услуг в настоящее время входят все страны Европейского союза, Великобритания, Южная Корея, Япония, Новая Зеландия и Австралия, однако компания Udemy оставляет за собой право, в случае необходимости, добавить в этот список другие страны.",
880                    "При необходимости, компания Udemy взимает и уплачивает налоги Европейского союза за покупки на сайте. В случае покупки в приложениях для мобильных телефонов, налог Европейского союза собирается и выплачивается компаниями Apple и Google соответственно.",
881                    "Отчет о доходах",
882                    "Ваш отчет о доходах будет отображать местную Цену продажи (в местной валюте) и применимые курсы обмена:",
883                    "Вы можете просмотреть дополнительную информацию, нажав на отдельной транзакции.",
884                    "СТИМУЛИРОВАНИЕ ПРОДАЖ",
885                    "Маркетинговые программы компании Udemy для платных курсовКомпания Udemy дает инструкторам возможность принять участие в следующих доступных в настоящее время маркетинговых программах через свою учетную запись инструктора. Для того, чтобы принять участие в любой из этих программ или откорректировать свои предпочтения, войдите в свою учетную запись на веб-сайте компании Udemy и нажмите на эту ссылку: https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/user\/edit-promotional-agreements\/, затем прокрутите вниз до соответствующей программы, отмечая галочкой каждое окно для участия в программе, прокрутите вниз до нижней части страницы и нажмите кнопку «Save» (Сохранить), чтобы применить настройки. Отдельные предложения могут меняться время от времени, чтобы оптимизировать ваш доход, но самые последние предложения приведены ниже:",
886                    "Программа предложений компании Udemy: Нацелена на стимулирование продаж вашего курса. \n\n\n\n\n a) Миллионы студентов записываются на курсы каждый год в рамках Программы предложений компании Udemy. Оба канала стимулирования продаж, которые составляют Программу предложений компании Udemy, являются мощными инструментами, помогающими вам увеличить до максимума ваш потенциальный доход на веб-сайте Udemy. В Программе предложений компании Udemy используется система диффиренцированных скидок путем рассылки по электронной почте и через другие каналы, предназначенные для оптимизации продаж вашего курса. Вы можете выбрать участие в одной или обеих из следующих программ «Процентное стимулирование продаж» и\/или «Стимулирование продаж по фиксированной цене»:\n\n\nПрограмма \"Процентное стимулирование продаж\" позволяет компании Udemy предложить ваш курс со скидкой вплоть до 75% от базовой цены (или немного выше с целью округления цены); и\nПрограмма «Стимулирование продаж по фиксированной цене» позволяет компании Udemy предложить ваш курс по фиксированной цене, которая меньше базовой цены, но составляет не менее 10 долларов США (например, предложения по 10, 19 или 29 долларов США), за исключением Австралии, Бразилии, Мексики, Индии, Турции и Южной Африки. Обратите внимание, что цена продажи в рамках стимулирования продаж по фиксированной цене может представлять собой скидку в размере более 75%, в зависимости от соответствующей базовой цены.\n\n\n\nb) Программа предложений компании Udemy может рекламироваться через раздел Услуги, путем рассылки информации пользователям или через сторонние платформы. Вы понимаете и соглашаетесь с тем, что фактическая продолжительность может варьироваться для какой-либо конкретной Программы предложений компании Udemy.\n\nc) Доля дохода: Участвуя в программе предложений компании Udemy вы признаете, что (i) ваша доля дохода будет варьироваться, но может составлять до 50 % от чистой суммы в большинстве регионов; (ii) не все программы доступны во всех географических регионах. \n\n\n\n\nПрограмма маркетингового продвижения компании Udemy: Многоканальная маркетинговая программа для стимулирования продаж вашего курса. \n\n\n\n\na) Компания Udemy имеет сеть из десятков тысяч партнерских сайтов («Аффилированные лица») и налаженные отношения со сторонними рекламными сайтами («Рекламные партнеры» и, вместе с Аффилированными лицами, «Внешние партнеры»). У нас также есть целая группа специалистов, применяющая передовые тактики цифрового маркетинга (например, платную рекламу). Программа маркетингового продвижения — это маркетинговая программа компании Udemy, с помощью которой курсы рекламируются через аффилированные лица и сторонние платформы деловых партнеров, например, Facebook. Эта программа не предусматривает предоплату.\n\nb) Когда компания Udemy, по своему выбору, покупает и размещает рекламные объявления о вашем курсе на сторонних платформах и отслеживает полученные продажи при помощи соответствующих методов (включая, среди прочего, пиксели слежения, куки и т.п.) («Платная реклама»), за такую деятельность, связанную с платной рекламой, будут взиматься комиссионные.\n\nc) Доля дохода: Принимая участие в программе маркетингового продвижения компании Udemy, вы соглашаетесь с тем, что: (i) компания Udemy может привлекать внешних партнеров и применять платную рекламу для продвижения вашего курса; (ii) не все программы доступны во всех географических регионах; (iii) компания Udemy может вычитать комиссионные внешнего партнера или расходы на платную рекламу перед расчетом чистой суммы. Вы признаете, что в связи с программой маркетингового продвижения компании Udemy ваша доля дохода может варьироваться, но в большинстве случаев будет составлять 25 % от чистой суммы. \n\n\n\nПрограмма Udemy для бизнеса: Возможность для включения в подписку Udemy для бизнеса. \n\n\na) Подавая заявку на нашу программу Udemy для бизнеса (UFB), вы соглашаетесь предоставить доступ ко всем своим Курсам в рамках коллекции Udemy для бизнеса, коллекции курсов по подписке для бизнес-клиентов («Клиенты UFB»). Компания Udemy может выбрать, какие из ваших курсов включить в коллекцию Udemy для бизнеса для клиента UFB и может изменить выбор курсов в коллекции Udemy для бизнеса, а также время от времени, по своему усмотрению, может изменять выбор курсов в каждой программе, в соответствии с потребностями и запросами клиентов UFB. Поскольку наше предложение Udemy для бизнеса основано на подписке, цена продажи курсов, включенных в программу UFB, устанавливается на усмотрение компании Udemy.\nb) Вы понимаете и соглашаетесь с тем, что участвуя в программе UFB на информационные материалы, вы не можете исключить свои курсы из списка или сделать их частными в течение срока действия вашего участия. \nс) Прекращение. Вы в любое время можете прекратить участие в программе UFB. Udemy удалит ваши Курсы из коллекции Udemy для бизнеса в течение шести (6) месяцев с момента прекращения действия и будет продолжать выплачивать вам долю дохода на основании текущих ставок, пока ваши курсы не будут удалены из коллекции Udemy для бизнеса. После того, как ваши курсы будут удалены из коллекции Udemy для бизнеса, клиенты UFB потеряют возможность регистрироваться для участия в ваших курсах, а вы прекратите получать доход от участия в программе UFB, но при этом любой студент среди UFB клиентов, который был ранее зачислен для участия в ваших курсах, будет по-прежнему иметь доступ к этим курсам до тех пор, пока действует подписка клиента UFB Udemy для бизнеса.\nd) Доход. Вы будете получать плату за использование ваших курсов, предлагаемых в рамках программы UFB. Эти комиссионные будут рассчитываться следующим образом: \n\nКаждый месяц Udemy рассчитывает общую ежемесячную абонентскую плату, уплачиваемую всеми текущими клиентами UFB за вычетом всех действующих налогов с продаж или налогов на добавленную стоимость, комиссионных сборов за обмен валюты и платы за обработку сторонних платежей.\nДвадцать пять процентов (25 %) этой суммы будет направлено инструкторам, участвующим в программе UFB («Фонд оплаты инструкторов») в порядке описанном ниже.\nКаждый месяц компания Udemy будет рассчитывать совокупные минуты, использованные всеми клиентами UFB по программе Udemy для бизнеса («Общие использованные минуты»).\nКаждый месяц компания Udemy будет также рассчитывать, сколько минут из общих использованных минут подписки могут быть отнесены к каждому из ваших отдельных курсов, участвующих в программе Udemy для бизнеса («использованные минуты курсов»).\nЧтобы рассчитать вашу долю дохода каждый месяц Udemy разделит Фонд доходов инструктора на количество потребленных минут, а затем умножит стоимость минуты на Использованные минуты.\n\n\nКупоны, созданные инструкторами",
887                    "В качестве инструктора вы можете увеличить объем продаж путем продвижения ваших курсов с помощью кода купона («Код купона»), который вы можете создать на веб-сайте Udemy в соответствии с инструкциями по адресу:https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/229603968. Вы получите девяносто семь процентов (97 %) чистой суммы (как определено в Условиях работы инструктора) от тех студентов, которые введут ваш код купона при зачислении на ваш курс, за исключением территории Японии, где вы получите девяносто шесть процентов (96 %) чистой суммы.  Используя коды купона, вы можете предложить свои курсы с любой процентной скидкой, при условии, что Цена продажи вашего курса не опустится ниже приблизительно 10 долларов США. В качестве альтернативы вы можете также предложить свой курс бесплатно, то есть с полной 100% скидкой от Базовой цены. Обратите внимание, что фактическая скидка может быть немного выше из-за округления и конвертации валюты. Несмотря на вышесказанное, вы можете выдать Коды купона, которые позволяют пользователям участвовать в вашем курсе бесплатно.Являясь инструктором, вы должны знать, что валюта, которую ваши общающиеся будут видеть в разделе Services («Услуги»), может отличаться от валюты, в которой вы указали цену своего курса. Ваш купон будет по-прежнему действительным и будет предоставлять пропорциональную скидку в любом из поддерживаемых компанией Udemy валют. В случае если страной студента установлены правила по взиманию с нас налога, то обучающиеся будут видеть цены на курс с учетом налога. Когда инструктор увидит эту оплату в отчете о доходах, доля дохода рассчитывается исходя из цены, уплаченной студентом, за вычетом налога. Настоящая политика может периодически обновляться. ",
888                    "Politica de prețuri și promoții\nÎn vigoare din 27 iunie 2018.",
889                    "Prezenta Politică de prețuri și promoții include toate informațiile referitoare la prețuri, programe de marketing opționale și promoții.",
890                    "Pentru Politica de prețuri și promoții în alte limbi decât limba engleză, vă rugăm să consultați linkurile de mai jos.",
891                    "Vă vom anunța prin e-mail sau printr-o notificare pe site-ul web Udemy înainte ca orice modificări semnificative ale prezentei Politici de prețuri și promoții să intre în vigoare. Dacă aveți orice întrebări cu privire la prezenta politică, vă rugăm să trimiteți un mesaj echipei noastre de asistență folosind formularul de mai jos.",
892                    "Toți termenii cu majusculă utilizați în prezenta fără specificarea unei definiții vor avea sensul prevăzut în Termenii de utilizare Udemy sau Termenii și condițiile pentru Instructori („Termenii pentru Instructori”). Prezenta Politică de prețuri și promoții se supune termenilor și condițiilor prevăzute în Termenii pentru Instructori.",
893                    "Orice versiune a prezentei Politici de prețuri și promoții într-o altă limbă decât limba engleză este furnizată pentru a vă fi Dvs. convenabil și înțelegeți și sunteți de acord cu faptul că versiunea în limba engleză va prevala în caz de orice contradicție.",
894                    "PREÈšURILE",
895                    "Selectarea unui Preț de bază",
896                    "În calitate de Instructor, Dvs. puteți selecta un Nivel care să determine Prețul de bază pentru Cursul Dvs. din Grila de niveluri de preț Udemy  (al cărei rezumat este furnizat mai jos). Puteți face acest lucru accesând ecranul „Editare preț” din Contul Dvs. de Instructor. Ulterior, Cursanții vor vedea prețul selectat, cu excepția cazului în care acesta este ajustat potrivit termenilor prezentei Politici de prețuri și promoții. Această grilă de niveluri de preț va fi actualizată periodic în conformitate cu condițiile pieței sau potrivit schimbărilor de curs valutar. Cu toate acestea, în legătură cu programele promoționale, anumite Cursuri pot fi furnizate la prețuri mai ridicate, la discreția Udemy",
897                    "Cu excepția cazurilor în care un Curs este pus la dispoziție prin intermediul Programelor de marketing ale Udemy sau este oferit în cadrul aplicațiilor mobile Udemy, Instructorul va fi singurul răspunzător de stabilirea Prețului de bază al unui astfel de Curs, în conformitate cu Termenii pentru Instructori. În cazul Cursurilor oferite pe aplicațiile mobile Udemy, grila de prețuri a furnizorului platformei mobile va dicta, iar furnizorul va selecta nivelul de preț care este cel mai apropiat de prețul Cursului setat de Instructor.  Vă rugăm să rețineți că conversia valutară pe platformele mobile este dictată de respectivele platforme, așadar prețul Cursului dvs. poate apărea diferit față de nivelul de preț selectat de Dvs.",
898                    "Așa cum este prevăzut în grila de niveluri de preț, Udemy oferă în prezent cursanților posibilitatea de a cumpăra cursuri în următoarele valute: dolar american (USD), liră sterlină (GBP), euro (EUR), yen japonez (JPY), dolar Singapore (SGD), peso mexican (MXN), real brazilian (BRL), dolar canadian (CAD), dolar australian (AUD), shekel israelian (ILS), baht thailandez (THB), dolar nou Taiwan (TWD), rand sud-african (ZAR), rupie indiană (INR), zlot polonez (PLN), liră turcească (TRY), coroană norvegiană (NOK), won sud-coreean (KRW) și rupie indoneziană (IDR).",
899                    "Valute pe aplicația mobilă",
900                    "Fără a aduce atingere celor de mai sus, aplicația mobilă Udemy acceptă toate valutele oferite de furnizorii de platforme mobile (precum Apple și Google). Puteți vedea valuta și cu cât a cumpărat un Cursant Cursul accesând „Câștigurile dvs.” pentru fiecare achiziție, în raportul de câștiguri ale Instructorului.   ",
901                    "Cota din câștiguri și taxele",
902                    "Așa cum este prevăzut în Secțiunea 9 a Termenilor pentru Instructori, dacă nu optați pentru Programele de marketing Udemy (a se vedea mai jos), vă vom plăti cincizeci la sută (50%) din Cuantumul net primit pentru Cursul dvs. minus orice deduceri aplicabile, cum ar fi rambursările pentru Cursanți („Cota standard din câștiguri”). În cazul în care decideți să vă alăturați oricăruia dintre Programele noastre de marketing, cota aplicabilă din câștiguri poate fi diferită, așa cum este definită pentru fiecare program.",
903                    "Udemy face toate plățile către Instructori în USD, indiferent de valuta cu care operează Cursantul. Udemy va plăti toate comisioanele de procesare a tranzacțiilor, cu excepția conversiei valutare.",
904                    "Dacă țara din care Cursantul achiziționează Cursul solicită Udemy să achite Taxa pe valoare adăugată (TVA) sau GST (impozitul pe mărfuri și servicii), vom deduce cuantumul taxei din Prețul de vânzare al Cursului atunci când calculăm Cuantumul net. Cuantumul net va fi împărțit între Udemy și Instructori conform modelului aplicabil de împărțire a câștigurilor.",
905                    "Țările care solicită plata TVA\/GST includ în prezent toate statele Uniunii Europene (UE), Regatul Unit, Coreea de Sud, Japonia, Noua Zeelandă și Australia, dar Udemy își rezervă dreptul de a adăuga țări suplimentare pe această listă, după cum este necesar.",
906                    "Dacă este cazul, Udemy solicită plata și achită taxele aplicabile în Uniunea Europeană pentru achiziții online. În cazul cumpărăturilor efectuate în cadrul aplicațiilor mobile, taxa aplicabilă în Uniunea Europeană este colectată și plătită de Apple, respectiv Google.",
907                    "Raportul de câștiguri",
908                    "Raportul dvs. de câștiguri va afișa Prețul de vânzare local (în valuta convertită) și cursul de schimb aplicat:",
909                    "Puteți vizualiza informații suplimentare dacă faceți clic pe o tranzacție individuală.",
910                    "PROMOÈšIILE",
911                    "Programele de marketing Udemy pentru cursuri plătite",
912                    "Udemy oferă Instructorilor posibilitatea de a se alătura următoarelor programe de marketing disponibile în prezent („Programe de marketing”) prin intermediul Contului dvs. de Instructor. Pentru a participa la oricare dintre aceste programe sau a vă modifica preferințele, autentificați-vă în Contul dvs. Udemy și faceți clic pe acest link: https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/user\/edit-promotional-agreements\/ , apoi derulați până la programul relevant, bifați fiecare căsuță pentru a vă alătura programului, derulați până în josul paginii și faceți clic pentru a salva pentru aplicarea setărilor Dvs. Ofertele specifice se pot schimba periodic pentru a vă optimiza câștigurile, însă ofertele cele mai recente pot fi găsite mai jos:",
913                    "Programul de oferte Udemy: scop precis de a stimula vânzările cursurilor dvs. \n\n\na) Milioane de Cursanți se înscriu la Cursuri în fiecare an prin intermediul Programului de oferte Udemy. Ambele canale promoționale care constituie Programul de oferte Udemy sunt pârghii puternice care vă pot ajuta să vă maximizați potențialul de câștiguri pe Udemy. Programul de oferte Udemy se bazează pe reduceri cu segmentare ridicată prin e-mail și alte canale concepute să optimizeze vânzările Cursului dvs. Puteți alege să participați la ambele sau oricare din următoarele programe: „Promoții procentuale” și\/sau „Promoții cu preț fix”: \n\nProgramul „Promoții procentuale” permite Udemy să ofere Cursul dvs. cu o reducere de până la 75%, inclusiv, din Prețul de bază (sau puțin mai mare din motive de rotunjire a prețului); și\nProgramul „Promoții cu preț fix” permite Udemy să ofere Cursul dvs. la un preț fix mai scăzut decât Prețul de bază, dar nu mai puțin de aproximativ 10 USD (de ex., oferte de 10 $, 19 $ sau 29 $), cu excepția Australiei, Braziliei, Mexicului, Indiei, Turciei și Africii de Sud. Vă rugăm să rețineți că Prețul de vânzare în cadrul Promoțiilor cu preț fix poate reprezenta o reducere de peste 75%, în funcție de Prețul de bază respectiv.\n\n\n\nb) Programul de oferte Udemy poate fi promovat prin intermediul Serviciilor, comunicărilor către Utilizatori sau pe Platforme terțe. Înțelegeți și sunteți de acord că durata efectivă poate varia pentru orice program specific de Oferte Udemy.\nc) Cota din câștiguri: Prin participarea la Programul de oferte Udemy, acceptați că (i) cota Dvs. din câștiguri va varia, dar poate fi de până la 50% din Cuantumul net în majoritatea teritoriilor; și (ii) nu toate programele sunt disponibile în toate teritoriile geografice. \n\n\nProgramul de creștere marketing Udemy: un program de marketing pe canale multiple, pentru a stimula vânzările Cursului dvs. \n\n\na) Udemy are o rețea de zeci de mii de site-uri partenere („Afiliați”) și relații consolidate cu site-uri terțe de oferte („Parteneri de oferte”, împreună cu Afiliații reprezentând „Partenerii externi”). De asemenea, avem o întreagă echipă dedicată utilizării strategiilor avansate de marketing digital (precum publicitatea plătită). Programul de creștere marketing Udemy este Programul de marketing Udemy care promovează Cursurile prin intermediul Afiliaților și al Partenerilor de oferte de Platforme terțe, precum Facebook. Nu există niciun cost în avans pentru acest program.\nb) Atunci când Udemy, la propria discreție, cumpără și plasează reclame pentru Cursul dvs. pe Platforme terțe și urmărește vânzările rezultate prin mijloace specifice (incluzând, dar fără a se limita la, pixeli de urmărire, module cookie și altele) („Publicitate plătită”), vor exista taxe asociate cu astfel de activități de Publicitate plătită.\nc) Cota din câștiguri: Prin participarea la programul de Creștere marketing Udemy, sunteți de acord că Udemy: (i) poate recurge la Partenerii externi și achiziționa Publicitate plătită pentru a promova Cursurile dvs.; (ii) nu toate programele sunt disponibile în toate teritoriile geografice; și (iii) poate deduce comisioanele Partenerilor externi sau taxele de Publicitate plătită înainte de a calcula Cuantumul net. Acceptați că, în legătură cu programul de Creștere marketing Udemy, cota Dvs. din câștiguri poate varia, dar va fi de 25% din Cuantumul net în majoritatea cazurilor. \n\n\nProgramul Udemy for Business: șansa de includere în oferta de abonamente Udemy pentru companii. \n\n\na) Prin înscrierea în programul nostru Udemy for Business (UFB), sunteți de acord să puneți la dispoziție toate Cursurile dvs. pentru includere în colecția Udemy for Business, o colecție de cursuri pe bază de abonament disponibilă clienților comerciali („Clienții UFB”). Udemy poate alege care dintre Cursurile dvs. vor fi incluse în colecția Udemy for Business pentru un Client UFB și poate modifica periodic selecția de Cursuri din colecția Udemy for Business, la discreția exclusivă a acesteia, ca răspuns la nevoile și solicitările Clienților UFB. Deoarece oferta noastră Udemy for Business este pe bază de abonament, Prețurile de vânzare pentru Cursurile incluse în programul UFB sunt la discreția Udemy.\nb) Dvs. înțelegeți și sunteți de acord că, în urma participării la programul UFB, nu puteți retrage sau face Cursurile private pe durata participării Dvs. \nc) Încetarea. Puteți opta să încetați participarea Dvs. la programul UFB în orice moment. Udemy va scoate Cursurile dvs. din colecția Udemy for Business în termen de șase (6) luni de la încetare și va continua să vă plătească cota din câștiguri pe baza ratelor de la acel moment până la excluderea Cursurilor dvs. din colecția Udemy for Business. După excluderea cursurilor dvs. din colecția Udemy for Business, Clienții UFB nu vor mai putea să se înscrie la Cursurile dvs. și nu veți mai primi cota din câștiguri în baza programului UFB, însă orice cursant al unui Client UFB care a fost înscris anterior la Cursurile dvs. va continua să aibă acces la Cursurile respective atât timp cât Clientul UFB rămâne abonat Udemy for Business.\nd) Câștigurile. Veți primi comisioane pentru folosirea Cursurilor dvs. oferite prin intermediul programului UFB. Acestea vor fi calculate după cum urmează: \n\nÎn fiecare lună, Udemy va calcula taxele de abonament lunare totale plătite de toți Clienții UFB curenți, minus orice taxe aplicabile pentru vânzări sau taxa pe valoare adăugată, comisioane de schimb valutar și comisioane de procesare a plăților de către terți.\nDouăzeci și cinci la sută (25%) din această sumă va fi alocată Instructorilor participanți la programul UFB („Totalitate câștiguri Instructori”) așa cum este descris în continuare.\nÎn fiecare lună, Udemy va calcula minutele totale de conținut al cursurilor din colecția Udemy for Business consumate de toți Clienții UFB curenți („Total minute consumate”).\nÎn fiecare lună, Udemy va calcula, de asemenea, cât din Totalul de minute consumate este atribuibil fiecăruia dintre Cursurile dvs. incluse în colecția Udemy for Business din luna respectivă („Minutele dvs. de curs”).\nPentru a calcula cota dvs. din câștiguri în fiecare lună, Udemy va împărți Totalitatea câștigurilor Instructorilor la Totalul minutelor consumate, după care va înmulți acel rezultat per minut cu Minutele dvs. de curs.\n\n\nCupoanele create de Instructori",
914                    "În calitate de Instructor, vă puteți spori vânzările promovându-vă Cursurile prin utilizarea unui cod de cupon („Cod de cupon”) pe care l-ați creat pe Udemy în conformitate cu instrucțiunile pe care le găsiți la:https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/229603968.",
915                    "Veți primi nouăzeci și șapte la sută (97%) din Cuantumul Net (așa cum este definit în Termenii pentru Instructori) de la Cursanții care au introdus Codul dvs. de cupon la momentul înscrierii la Cursul dvs., cu excepția Japoniei, pentru care veți primi nouăzeci și șase la sută (96%) din Cuantumul net.",
916                    "Prin utilizarea de Coduri de cupoane, puteți oferi Cursurile dvs. cu orice reducere procentuală, cu condiția ca Prețul de vânzare al Cursului dvs. să nu coboare sub aproximativ 10 USD. Ca alternativă, puteți, de asemenea, oferi Cursurile dvs. gratuit, adică cu o reducere de 100% a Prețului de bază. Rețineți că este posibil ca reducerea efectivă să fie puțin mai mare datorită rotunjirii și conversiei valutare. Fără a aduce atingere celor de mai sus, puteți emite Coduri de cupon care permit Utilizatorilor să participe gratuit la Cursul dvs.",
917                    "În calitate de Instructor, trebuie să rețineți că valuta pe care Cursanții dvs. o văd asociată Serviciilor poate diferi de cea în care ați listat Cursul dvs. Cuponul dvs. va funcționa însă și va oferi o reducere proporțională în oricare dintre valutele acceptate de Udemy.",
918                    "Dacă țara Cursantului ne solicită să colectăm anumite taxe, prețurile Cursurilor setate de Instructori vor include taxele în cadrul tranzacției. Atunci când Instructorul vede această tranzacție în raportul de câștiguri, cota din câștiguri este calculată pe baza prețului plătit de Cursant minus taxe.",
919                    "Prezenta politică poate fi actualizată periodic.",
920                    "Kebijakan Penetapan Harga dan Promosi\nBerlaku 27 Juni 2018.",
921                    "Kebijakan Penetapan Harga dan Promosi ini mencakup semua informasi tentang penetapan harga, program pemasaran opsional, dan promosi Kami.",
922                    "Kami akan memberi tahu Anda melalui email atau pemberitahuan di situs web Udemy sebelum perubahan material pada Kebijakan Penetapan Harga dan Promosi ini berlaku. Jika Anda memiliki pertanyaan mengenai kebijakan ini, hubungi tim Dukungan Kami menggunakan formulir di bawah ini.",
923                    "Semua istilah dalam huruf awal besar yang digunakan dan tidak didefinisikan lain di sini memiliki arti sebagaimana tercantum dalam Ketentuan Penggunaan Udemy atau Syarat dan Ketentuan Instruktur (“Ketentuan Instruktur”). Kebijakan Penetapan Harga dan Promosi ini tunduk pada syarat dan ketentuan yang tercantum dalam Ketentuan Instruktur.",
924                    "Versi apa pun dari Kebijakan Penetapan Harga dan Promosi ini dalam bahasa selain Inggris diberikan untuk kenyamanan dan Anda memahami dan setuju bahwa versi bahasa Inggris yang akan berlaku jika terdapat pertentangan.",
925                    "PENETAPAN HARGA",
926                    "Memilih Harga Dasar",
927                    "Sebagai Instruktur, Anda dapat memilih Tingkat yang mengatur Harga Dasar untuk Kursus Anda dari matriks tingkat harga Udemy (ringkasannya tercantum di bawah ini). Anda dapat melakukannya dengan membuka layar “Edit Harga” di Akun Instruktur Anda. Setelah itu, Siswa akan melihat harga yang dipilih, kecuali jika disesuaikan berbeda berdasarkan ketentuan Kebijakan Penetapan Harga dan Promosi ini. Matriks tingkat harga ini akan diperbarui secara berkala tergantung pada kondisi pasar atau perubahan nilai tukar. Namun demikian, dalam kaitannya dengan program promosi, Kursus tertentu mungkin ditetapkan pada harga yang lebih tinggi atas kebijakan Udemy",
928                    "Kecuali jika Kursus tersedia melalui Program Pemasaran Udemy, atau jika Kursus ditawarkan di aplikasi seluler Udemy, Instruktur akan bertanggung jawab sepenuhnya untuk menetapkan Harga Dasar yang akan ditagih untuk Kursus tersebut, sesuai dengan Ketentuan Instruktur. Apabila Kursus ditawarkan di aplikasi seluler Udemy, matriks penetapan harga penyedia platform seluler akan berlaku dan penyedia akan memilih tingkat harga yang paling mendekati harga Kursus yang ditetapkan oleh Instruktur.  Harap diperhatikan bahwa konversi mata uang di platform seluler dikontrol oleh platform tersebut dan oleh karena itu harga Kursus Anda mungkin terlihat berbeda dari tingkat penetapan harga yang Anda pilih.",
929                    "Sebagaimana ditetapkan dalam matriks tingkat harga, Udemy saat ini menawarkan kepada siswa kemampuan untuk membeli kursus dalam mata uang berikut: Dolar Amerika (USD), Pound Inggris (GBP), Euro (EUR), Yen Jepang (JPY), Dolar Singapura (SGD), Peso Meksiko (MXN), Real Brasil (BRL), Dolar Kanada (CAD), Dolar Australia (AUD), Shekel Israel (ILS), Baht Thailand (THB), Dolar Baru Taiwan (TWD), Rand Afrika Selatan (ZAR), Rupee India (INR), Zloty Polandia (PLN), Lira Turki (TRY), Krone Norwegia (NOK), Won Korea Selatan (KRW), dan Rupiah Indonesia (IDR).",
930                    "Mata Uang di Aplikasi Seluler",
931                    "Terlepas dari ketentuan di atas, aplikasi seluler Udemy mendukung semua mata uang yang ditawarkan oleh penyedia platform seluler (seperti Apple dan Google). Anda dapat melihat mata uang dan berapa banyak uang yang dibayar oleh Siswa untuk Kursus dengan mengakses “Pendapatan Anda” untuk setiap pembelian di laporan pendapatan Instruktur Anda.   ",
932                    "Pembagian Pendapatan dan Pajak",
933                    "Sebagaimana tercantum di Pasal 9 Ketentuan Instruktur, jika Anda tidak memilih untuk mengikuti Program Pemasaran Udemy (lihat di bawah ini), Kami akan membayar Anda lima puluh persen (50%) dari Jumlah Bersih yang diterima untuk Kursus Anda, dikurangi potongan yang berlaku seperti pengembalian uang Siswa (“Pembagian Pendapatan Standar”). Seandainya Anda memutuskan untuk mengikuti Program Pemasaran Kami, pembagian pendapatan yang relevan mungkin berbeda, sebagaimana ditetapkan untuk setiap program.",
934                    "Udemy melakukan semua pembayaran kepada Instruktur dalam USD, terlepas dari mata uang yang digunakan dalam transaksi Siswa. Udemy akan menanggung semua biaya pemrosesan transaksi, kecuali konversi mata uang asing.",
935                    "Apabila negara tempat Siswa membeli Kursus mewajibkan Udemy untuk mengirim Pajak Pertambahan Nilai (PPN) atau PBJ (Pajak Barang & Jasa), Kami akan memotong jumlah pajak tersebut dari Harga Penjualan Kursus ketika menghitung Jumlah Bersih. Jumlah Bersih akan dibagi antara Udemy dan Instruktur berdasarkan model pembagian pendapatan yang berlaku.",
936                    "Negara-negara yang mewajibkan PPN\/PBJ saat ini termasuk semua negara Uni Eropa (UE), Inggris, Korea Selatan, Jepang, Selandia Baru, dan Australia, tetapi Udemy berhak untuk menambahkan negara lain ke daftar tersebut jika diperlukan.",
937                    "Apabila berlaku, Udemy mengenakan dan membayar pajak Uni Eropa untuk pembelian melalui situs web. Dalam hal pembelian dalam aplikasi seluler, pajak Uni Eropa ditagih dan dibayarkan oleh Apple dan Google.",
938                    "Laporan Pendapatan",
939                    "Laporan pendapatan Anda akan menampilkan Harga Jual lokal (dalam mata uang lokal) dan nilai tukar yang berlaku:",
940                    "Anda dapat melihat informasi tambahan dengan mengklik masing-masing transaksi.",
941                    "PROMOSI",
942                    "Program Pemasaran Udemy untuk Kursus Berbayar",
943                    "Udemy memberi Instruktur peluang untuk mengikuti program pemasaran (“Program Pemasaran”) yang tersedia saat ini sebagai berikut melalui Akun Instruktur Anda. Untuk berpartisipasi dalam program ini atau menyesuaikan preferensi Anda, login ke Akun Udemy lalu klik tautan ini: https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/user\/edit-promotional-agreements\/ , kemudian gulir ke bawah ke program yang relevan. Centang setiap kotak yang akan diikuti, lalu gulir ke bagian bawah halaman dan klik Simpan untuk menerapkan pengaturan Anda. Diskon spesifik mungkin berubah dari waktu ke waktu untuk mengoptimalkan pendapatan Anda, tetapi sebagian besar diskon terkini tercantum di bawah ini:",
944                    "Program Diskon Udemy: Ditargetkan untuk Mendorong Penjualan Kursus Anda. \n\n\na) Jutaan Siswa mendaftar Kursus setiap tahun melalui program Diskon Udemy. Kedua saluran promosi yang membentuk program Diskon Udemy merupakan pendorong kuat untuk membantu memaksimalkan potensi pendapatan Anda di Udemy. Program Diskon Udemy memanfaatkan diskon dengan segmentasi khusus melalui email dan saluran lain yang dirancang untuk mengoptimalkan penjualan Kursus Anda. Anda dapat memilih untuk berpartisipasi dalam salah satu atau kedua program berikut, “Promosi Persentase” dan\/atau “Promosi Harga Tetap”: \n\nProgram “Promosi Persentase” memungkinkan Udemy untuk menawarkan Kursus Anda dengan diskon hingga dan termasuk 75% dari Harga Dasar (atau sedikit lebih tinggi karena pembulatan harga); dan\nProgram “Promosi Harga Tetap” memungkinkan Udemy untuk menawarkan Kursus Anda dengan harga tetap yang lebih rendah dari Harga Dasar, tetapi tidak kurang dari kira-kira $10 USD (misalnya, diskon $10, $19, atau $29) kecuali di Australia, Brasil, Meksiko, India, Turki, dan Afrika Selatan. Harap diperhatikan bahwa Harga Jual dalam Promosi Harga Tetap mungkin memberikan diskon lebih dari 75% tergantung pada Harga Dasar yang berlaku.\n\n\n\nb) Program Diskon Udemy mungkin dipromosikan melalui Layanan, komunikasi ke Pengguna, atau Platform Pihak Ketiga. Anda memahami dan menyetujui bahwa durasi sebenarnya mungkin berbeda-beda untuk program Diskon Udemy tertentu.\nc) Pembagian Pendapatan: Dengan berpartisipasi dalam program Diskon Udemy, Anda mengakui bahwa (i) pembagian pendapatan Anda mungkin berbeda-beda, tetapi mungkin hingga 50% dari Jumlah Bersih di sebagian besar wilayah; dan (ii) tidak semua program tersedia di semua wilayah geografis. \n\n\nProgram Boost Pemasaran Udemy: Program Pemasaran Multisaluran untuk Mendorong Penjualan Kursus Anda. \n\n\na) Udemy memiliki jaringan puluhan ribu situs mitra (\"Afiliasi\") dan telah menjalin hubungan dengan situs diskon pihak ketiga (\"Mitra Diskon\", dan dengan Afiliasi, \"Mitra Eksternal\"). Kami juga memiliki satu tim khusus yang menggunakan taktik pemasaran digital mutakhir (seperti iklan berbayar). Program Boost Pemasaran Udemy adalah Program Pemasaran Udemy yang mempromosikan Kursus melalui Afiliasi dan Mitra Diskon Platform Pihak Ketiga seperti Facebook. Tidak ada biaya di muka untuk program ini.\nb) Apabila Udemy, atas pilihannya, membeli dan memasang iklan untuk Kursus Anda di Platform Pihak Ketiga, dan melacak penjualan yang dihasilkan dengan sarana yang sesuai (termasuk, namun tidak terbatas pada, piksel pelacak, cookie, dan sebagainya) (\"Iklan Berbayar\"), akan ada biaya yang terkait dengan aktivitas Iklan Berbayar tersebut.\nc) Pembagian Pendapatan: Dengan berpartisipasi dalam program Boost Pemasaran Udemy, Anda menyetujui bahwa Udemy: (i) berhak merekrut Mitra Eksternal dan menjalankan Iklan Berbayar untuk mempromosikan Kursus Anda; (ii) tidak semua program tersedia di semua wilayah geografis; dan (iii) dapat memotong biaya Mitra Eksternal atau biaya Iklan Berbayar sebelum menghitung Jumlah Bersih. Anda mengakui bahwa dalam kaitannya dengan program Boost Pemasaran Udemy, pembagian pendapatan Anda mungkin berbeda-beda, tetapi dalam sebagian besar kasus sebesar 25% dari Jumlah Bersih. \n\n\nProgram Udemy For Business: Peluang untuk Disertakan dalam Penawaran Langganan Udemy untuk Bisnis. \n\n\na) Dengan mendaftar ke program Udemy for Business (UFB) kami, Anda setuju untuk menjadikan semua Kursus Anda memenuhi syarat untuk disertakan dalam koleksi Udemy for Business, yaitu koleksi kursus berbasis langganan yang tersedia bagi pelanggan bisnis (“Pelanggan UFB”). Udemy dapat memilih mana di antara Kursus Anda yang akan disertakan dalam koleksi Udemy for Business untuk Pelanggan UFB, dan dapat mengubah pilihan Kursus dalam koleksi Udemy for Business dari waktu ke waktu, atas kebijakannya sendiri, untuk menanggapi kebutuhan dan permintaan dari Pelanggan UFB. Karena penawaran Udemy for Business kami didasarkan pada model langganan, Harga Jual untuk Kursus yang disertakan dalam program UFB ditetapkan atas kebijakan Udemy.\nb) Anda memahami dan menyetujui bahwa dengan berpartisipasi dalam program UFB, Anda tidak boleh membatalkan publikasi atau menjadikan Kursus Anda privat selama masa partisipasi Anda. \nc) Pengakhiran. Anda dapat memilih untuk mengakhiri partisipasi Anda dalam program UFB kapan saja. Udemy akan menghapus Kursus Anda dari koleksi Udemy for Business dalam waktu enam (6) bulan sejak diakhiri dan akan terus membayar pembagian pendapatan Anda berdasarkan tarif yang saat itu berlaku sampai Kursus Anda dihapus dari koleksi Udemy for Business. Setelah Kursus Anda dihapus dari koleksi Udemy for Business, Pelanggan UFB tidak akan lagi dapat mendaftar ke Kursus Anda, dan Anda tidak akan lagi menerima pembagian pendapatan program UFB, tetapi siswa Pelanggan UFB yang sebelumnya telah mendaftar ke Kursus Anda akan terus dapat mengakses Kursus tersebut selama Pelanggan UFB tersebut tetap berlangganan Udemy for Business.\nd) Pendapatan. Anda akan memperoleh biaya atas penggunaan Kursus Anda yang ditawarkan melalui program UFB. Biaya ini akan dihitung sebagai berikut: \n\nSetiap bulan, Udemy akan menghitung total biaya langganan bulanan yang dibayarkan oleh semua Pelanggan UFP saat ini dikurangi pajak penjualan atau pajak pertambahan nilai yang berlaku, biaya konversi mata uang asing, dan biaya pemrosesan pembayaran pihak ketiga.\nDua puluh lima persen (25%) dari jumlah ini akan dialokasikan ke Instruktur yang berpartisipasi dalam program UFB (\"Pool Pendapatan Instruktur\") sebagaimana diuraikan di bawah ini.\nSetiap bulan, Udemy akan menghitung total menit konten kursus dalam koleksi Udemy for Business yang digunakan oleh semua Pelanggan UFB saat ini (\"Total Menit yang Digunakan\").\nSetiap bulan, Udemy juga akan menghitung berapa banyak dari Total Menit yang Digunakan yang terkait dengan setiap Kursus Anda yang disertakan dalam koleksi Udemy for Business di bulan tersebut (\"Menit Kursus Anda\").\nUntuk menghitung pembagian pendapatan Anda setiap bulan, Udemy akan membagi Pool Pendapatan Instruktur dengan Total Menit yang Digunakan, kemudian mengalikan jumlah per menit tersebut dengan Menit Kursus Anda.\n\n\nKupon yang Dibuat Instruktur",
945                    "Sebagai Instruktur, Anda mungkin bisa meningkatkan penjualan dengan mempromosikan Kursus Anda menggunakan kode kupon (“Kode Kupon”) yang telah Anda buat di Udemy berdasarkan petunjuk yang terdapat di:https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/articles\/229603968.",
946                    "Anda akan menerima sembilan puluh tujuh (97%) dari Jumlah Bersih (sebagaimana didefinisikan dalam Ketentuan Instruktur) dari Siswa yang memasukkan Kode Kupon Anda pada saat mendaftar ke Kursus Anda, kecuali di wilayah Jepang di mana Anda akan menerima sembilan puluh enam (96%) dari Jumlah Bersih.",
947                    "Dengan menggunakan Kode Kupon, Anda dapat menawarkan Kursus Anda dengan diskon persentase berapa pun, sepanjang Harga Jual Kursus Anda tidak jatuh di bawah kurang lebih $10 USD. Atau, Anda juga dapat menawarkan Kursus Anda secara gratis, yaitu diskon 100% dari Harga Dasar. Harap diperhatikan bahwa diskon sebenarnya mungkin sedikit lebih tinggi karena pembulatan dan konversi mata uang. Terlepas dari ketentuan di atas, Anda dapat memberikan Kode Kupon yang memungkinkan Pengguna untuk mengikuti Kursus Anda secara gratis.",
948                    "Sebagai Instruktur, Anda harus mengetahui bahwa mata uang yang dilihat oleh Siswa pada Layanan mungkin berbeda dari mata uang yang Anda cantumkan untuk Kursus Anda. Kupon Anda akan tetap berlaku dan akan memberikan diskon yang proporsional dalam mata uang apa pun yang didukung oleh Udemy.",
949                    "Apabila negara Siswa mewajibkan Kami untuk mengenakan pajak, harga Kursus yang ditetapkan oleh Instruktur sudah termasuk pajak dalam transaksi. Ketika Instruktur melihat transaksi ini dalam laporan pendapatan, pembagian pendapatan dihitung dari harga yang dibayarkan oleh Siswa dikurangi pajak.",
950                    "Kebijakan ini mungkin diperbarui dari waktu ke waktu.",
951                    "นโยบายราคาและโปรโมชั่น\nมีผลบังคับใช้วันที่ 27 มิถุนายน 2018",
952                    "นโยบายราคาและโปรโมชั่นนี้มีข้อมูลทั้งหมดเกี่ยวกับราคา โปรแกรมการตลาดทางเลือก และโปรโมชั่นของเรา",
953                    "เราจะให้การแจ้งเตือนกับคุณทางอีเมลหรือการแจ้งเตือนบนเว็บไซต์ Udemy ก่อนบังคับใช้การเปลี่ยนแปลงในเอกสารใด ๆ ในนโยบายราคาและโปรโมชั่น ถ้าคุณมีคำถามใด ๆ เกี่ยวกับนโยบายนี้ โปรดส่งอีเมลไปยังทีมสนับสนุนของเราโดยใช้ฟอร์มด้านล่าง",
954                    "คำที่เป็นอักษรตัวพิมพ์ใหญ่ทั้งหมดที่ใช้และไม่ได้ระบุไว้ในนี้ จะมีความหมายเหมือนกับที่ให้ไว้ใน ข้อกำหนดการใช้งานของ Udemyหรือ ข้อกำหนดและเงื่อนไขของวิทยากร (“ข้อกำหนดวิทยากร”) นโยบายราคาและโปรโมชั่นนี้จะเป็นไปตามข้อกำหนดและเงื่อนไขที่มีอยู่ใน ข้อกำหนดวิทยากร",
955                    "เวอร์ชันใด ๆ ของ<1>นโยบายราคาและโปรโมชั่นนี้ในภาษาอื่นนอกเหนือจากภาษาอังกฤษมีให้เพื่อความสะดวกสบาย และคุณเข้าใจและยอมรับว่าเวอร์ชันภาษาอังกฤษจะมีผลควบคุมถ้ามีความขัดแย้ง<\/1>",
956                    "ราคา",
957                    "การเลือกราคาฐาน",
958                    "ในฐานะวิทยากร คุณอาจเลือกระดับควบคุมราคาฐานสำหรับหลักสูตรของคุณได้จาก เมทริกซ์ระดับราคาของ Udemy (มีสรุปอยู่ด้านล่าง) คุณสามารถทำได้โดยการไปที่หน้าจอ “การแก้ไขราคา” ในบัญชีวิทยากรของคุณ หลังจากนั้น ผู้เรียนจะเห็นราคาที่เลือก นอกจากว่าจะปรับตามข้อกำหนดของนโยบายราคาและโปรโมชั่นนี้ เมทริกซ์ระดับราคานี้จะได้รับการอัพเดทเป็นคราว ๆ ตามสภาพตลาดหรือการเปลี่ยนแปลงของอัตราแลกเปลี่ยน อย่างไรก็ตาม ตามโปรแกรมโปรโมชั่น หลักสูตรบางรายการอาจมีราคาสูงกว่าตามดุลยพินิจของ Udemy",
959                    "ยกเว้นเมื่อหลักสูตรถูกทำให้พร้อมใช้งานผ่านทางโปรแกรมการตลาดของ Udemy หรือเมื่อมีการนำเสนอหลักสูตรบนแอพพลิเคชันโทรศัพท์เคลื่อนที่ของ Udemy วิทยากรจะเป็นผู้รับผิดชอบแต่เพียงผู้เดียวในการระบุราคาฐานที่จะเรียกเก็บสำหรับหลักสูตรนั้น โดยเป็นไปตามข้อกำหนดวิทยากร ในกรณีที่นำเสนอหลักสูตรบนแอพพลิเคชันโทรศัพท์เคลื่อนที่ของ Udemy เมทริกซ์ราคาของผู้ให้บริการแพลตฟอร์มโทรศัพท์เคลื่อนที่จะควบคุมและผู้ให้บริการจะเลือกระดับราคาที่ใกล้เคียงที่สุดกับราคาหลักสูตรที่กำหนดโดยวิทยากร  โปรดทราบว่าการแปลงสกุลเงินบนแพลตฟอร์มโทรศัพท์เคลื่อนที่จะถูกควบคุมโดยแพลตฟอร์มเหล่านั้น และดังนั้นราคาหลักสูตรอาจแตกต่างจากระดับราคาที่คุณเลือก",
960                    "ตามที่กำหนดในเมทริกซ์ระดับราคา ในปัจจุบัน Udemy ให้ความสามารถกับผู้เรียนในการซื้อหลักสูตรในสกุลเงินต่อไปนี้: American Dollar (USD), British Pound (GBP), Euro (EUR), Japanese Yen (JPY), Singaporean Dollar (SGD), Mexican Peso (MXN), Brazilian Real (BRL), Canadian Dollar (CAD), Australian Dollar (AUD), Israel Shekel (ILS), Thailand Baht (THB), Taiwan New Dollar (TWD) South African Rand (ZAR), Indian Rupee (INR), Polish Zloty (PLN), Turkish Lira (TRY), Norway Krone (NOK) และ South Korea Won (KRW) และ Indonesian Rupiah (IDR).",
961                    "สกุลเงินบนโทรศัพท์เคลื่อนที่",
962                    "โดยไม่คำนึงถึงข้างต้น แอพพลิเคชันโทรศัพท์เคลื่อนที่ของ Udemy สนับสนุนสกุลเงินทั้งหมดที่นำเสนอโดยผู้ให้บริการแพลตฟอร์มโทรศัพท์เคลื่อนที่ (เช่น Apple และ Google) คุณสามารถดูสกุลเงินและจำนวนที่ผู้เรียนซื้อหลักสูตรได้โดยการเข้าถึง “รายได้ของคุณ” สำหรับการซื้อแต่ละรายการในรายงานรายได้ของวิทยากรของคุณ   ",
963                    "ส่วนแบ่งรายได้และภาษี",
964                    "ตามที่ระบุในข้อ 9 ของ ข้อกำหนดวิทยากร ถ้าคุณไม่เลือกเข้าร่วมโปรแกรมการตลาดของ Udemy (ดูด้านล่าง) เราจะจ่ายเงินให้คุณห้าสิบเปอร์เซ็นต์ (50%) ของยอดเงินสุทธิที่ได้รับสำหรับหลักสูตรของคุณ โดยหักการหักลดหย่อนที่เกี่ยวข้อง เช่น การคืนเงินของผู้เรียน (“ส่วนแบ่งรายได้มาตรฐาน”) ถ้าคุณเลือกเข้าร่วมในโปรแกรมทางการตลาดของเรา ส่วนแบ่งรายได้ที่เกี่ยวข้องอาจแตกต่างออกไป ตามที่ระบุไว้ในโปรแกรมแต่ละรายการ",
965                    "Udemy จะชำระเงินทั้งหมดให้กับวิทยากรในหน่วย USD โดยไม่คำนึงถึงสกุลเงินที่ผู้เรียนดำเนินการ Udemy จะรับผิดชอบค่าธรรมเนียมในการดำเนินการทางธุรกรรมทั้งหมด ยกเว้นการแปลงสกุลเงินต่างประเทศ",
966                    "เมื่อประเทศที่ผู้เรียนซื้อหลักสูตรต้องการให้ Udemy ส่งภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่ม (VAT) หรือ GST (ภาษีสินค้าและบริการ) เราจะหักจำนวนภาษีจากราคาขายหลักสูตรเมื่อคำนวณยอดเงินสุทธิ ยอดเงินสุทธิจะถูกแบ่งระหว่าง Udemy และวิทยากรภายใต้รูปแบบส่วนแบ่งรายได้ที่เกี่ยวข้อง",
967                    "ประเทศที่ต้องชำระ VAT \/ GST ในปัจจุบันมีประเทศในสหภาพยุโรป (EU) ทั้งหมด อังกฤษ เกาหลีใต้ ญี่ปุ่น นิวซีแลนด์ และออสเตรเลีย แต่ Udemy ขอสงวนสิทธิ์ในการเพิ่มประเทศลงในรายการนี้ตามจำเป็น",
968                    "เมื่อเกี่ยวข้อง Udemy จะเรียกเก็บเงินและจ่ายภาษีสหภาพยุโรปสำหรับการซื้อเว็บไซต์ ในกรณีของการซื้อในแอพบนโทรศัพท์มือถือ ภาษีสหภาพยุโรปจะถูกเก็บและชำระโดย Apple และ Google ตามลำดับ",
969                    "รายงานรายได้",
970                    "รายงานรายได้ของคุณจะแสดงราคาขายในท้องถิ่น (ในสกุลเงินท้องถิ่น) และอัตราแลกเปลี่ยนที่ใช้:",
971                    "คุณสามารถดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมได้โดยการคลิกที่ธุรกรรมแต่ละรายการ",
972                    "โปรโมชั่น",
973                    "โปรแกรมการตลาดของ Udemy สำหรับหลักสูตรที่ชำระเงิน",
974                    "Udemy ให้โอกาสกับวิทยากรในการเลือกเข้าร่วมในโปรแกรมการตลาดที่มีพร้อมใช้งานในปัจจุบันต่อไปนี้ (“โปรแกรมการตลาด”) ผ่านทางบัญชีวิทยากรของคุณ เมื่อต้องการเข้าร่วมในโปรแกรมเหล่านี้หรือปรับการกำหนดลักษณะของคุณ ให้เข้าสู่ระบบในบัญชี Udemy ของคุณ แล้วคลิกที่ลิงก์นี้: https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/user\/edit-promotional-agreements\/ จากนั้น เลื่อนลงไปที่โปรแกรมที่เกี่ยวข้อง เลือกแต่ละกล่องเพื่อเข้าร่วม เลื่อนลงไปที่ด้านล่างสุดของหน้า แล้วคลิกบันทึกเพื่อใช้การตั้งค่าของคุณ ดีลเฉพาะอาจเปลี่ยนแปลงเป็นครั้งคราวเพื่อเพิ่มประสิทธิภาพรายได้ของคุณ แต่ดีลล่าสุดมีอยู่ที่ด้านล่าง:",
975                    "Udemy Deals Program: มีเป้าหมายเพื่อเพิ่มยอดขายของหลักสูตรของคุณ \n\n\nก) มีผู้เรียนนับล้านที่ลงทะเบียนในหลักสูตรทุกปีผ่านทาง Udemy Deals Program ช่องทางโปรโมชั่นทั้งสองที่รวมเป็น Udemy Deals Program เป็นวิธีการที่ทรงพลังในการช่วยให้คุณเพิ่มศักยภาพในการสร้างรายได้ให้สูงสุดบน Udemy Udemy Deals Program ใช้ส่วนลดเฉพาะด้านมากมายผ่านทางอีเมลและช่องทางอื่น ๆ ที่ออกแบบมาเพื่อเพิ่มประสิทธิภาพการขายหลักสูตรของคุณ คุณอาจเลือกเข้าร่วมหนึ่งในโปรแกรมหรือทั้งสองโปรแกรมต่อไปนี้ “โปรโมชั่นเปอร์เซ็นต์” และ\/หรือ “โปรโมชั่นราคาคงที่”: \n\nโปรแกรม “โปรโมชั่นเปอร์เซ็นต์” ให้ Udemy นำเสนอหลักสูตรของคุณสำหรับส่วนลดสูงสุด 75% จากราคาฐาน (หรือสูงกว่านี้เล็กน้อยเพื่อปัดเศษราคา) และ\nโปรแกรม “โปรโมชั่นราคาคงที่” ให้ Udemy นำเสนอหลักสูตรของคุณสำรับราคาคงที่ที่น้อยกว่าราคาฐาน แต่ไม่น้อยกว่าประมาณ $10 USD (เช่น ดีล $10, $19 หรือ $29) ยกเว้นในออสเตรเลีย บราซิล เม็กซิโก อินเดีย ตุรกี และแอฟริกาใต้ โปรดทราบว่า ราคาขายภายใต้โปรโมชั่นราคาคงที่อาจลดราคามากกว่า 75% ทั้งนี้ขึ้นอยู่กับราคาฐานที่เกี่ยวข้อง\n\n\n\nข) ข้อเสนอ Udemy Deals Program อาจได้รับการโปรโมทผ่านทางบริการ การสื่อสารกับผู้ใช้ หรือแพลตฟอร์มของบุคคลที่สาม คุณเข้าใจและยอมรับว่าระยะเวลาจริงอาจแตกต่างกันสำหรับ Udemy Deals Program เฉพาะ\nค) ส่วนแบ่งรายได้: โดยการเข้าร่วมใน Udemy Deals Program คุณทราบว่า (i) ส่วนแบ่งรายได้ของคุณจะแตกต่างออกไป แต่อาจสูงสุดที่ 50% ของยอดเงินสุทธิในดินแดนส่วนใหญ่ และ (ii) บางโปรแกรมจะไม่พร้อมใช้งานในดินแดนทางภูมิศาสตร์ทั้งหมด \n\n\nโปรแกรมเร่งการตลาด Udemy: โปรแกรมการตลาดหลายช่องทางเพื่อเพิ่มยอดขายของหลักสูตรของคุณ \n\n\nก) Udemy มีเครือข่ายไซต์คู่ค้า (\"พันธมิตร\") นับหมื่น และได้สร้างความสัมพันธ์กับไซต์ดีลบุคคลที่สาม (\"คู่ค้าดีล\" และกับพันธมิตร \"คู่ค้าภายนอก\") เรายังมีทีมเฉพาะที่ใช้กลยุทธ์ทางการตลาดดิจิตอลขั้นสูง (เช่น การโฆษณาแบบชำระเงิน) โปรแกรมเร่งการตลาด Udemy คือ โปรแกรมการตลาดของ Udemy ที่โปรโมทหลักสูตรผ่านทางพันธมิตรและคู่ค้าดีลของแพลตฟอร์มบุคคลที่สาม เช่น Facebook ไม่มีค่าใช้จ่ายล่วงหน้าในโปรแกรมนี้.\nข) โดยเป็นทางเลือก เมื่อ Udemy ซื้อหรือวางการโฆษณาหลักสูตรของคุณบนแพลตฟอร์มของบุคคลที่สาม และติดตามผลลัพธ์การขายผ่านทางช่องทางที่เหมาะสม (รวมถึงแต่ไม่จำกัดเพียง พิกเซลติดตาม คุกกี้ และอื่น ๆ) (\"การโฆษณาแบบชำระเงิน\") จะมีค่าธรรมเนียมที่เกี่ยวข้องกับกิจกรรมการโฆษณาแบบชำระเงินดังกล่าว\nค) ส่วนแบ่งรายได้: โดยการเข้าร่วมในโปรแกรมเร่งการตลาดของ Udemy คุณตกลงว่า Udemy: (i) อาจจ้างคู่ค้าภายนอกและใช้การโฆษณาแบบชำระเงินเพื่อส่งเสริมการขายหลักสูตรของคุณ (ii) บางโปรแกรมจะไม่พร้อมใช้งานในดินแดนทางภูมิศาสตร์ทั้งหมด และ (iii) อาจหักค่าธรรมเนียมคู่ค้าภายนอกหรือค่าธรรมเนียมการโฆษณาแบบชำระเงินก่อนคำนวณยอดเงินสุทธิ คุณทราบว่า โดยเกี่ยวข้องกับโปรแกรมเร่งการตลาดของ Udemy ส่วนแบ่งรายได้ของคุณอาจแตกต่างออกไป แต่ส่วนใหญ่จะเป็น 25% ของยอดเงินสุทธิ \n\n\nโปรแกรม Udemy For Business: โอกาสในการรวมในข้อเสนอการสมัครสมาชิกของ Udemy สำหรับธุรกิจ \n\n\nก) โดยการสมัครใช้โปรแกรม Udemy for Business (UFB) ของเรา คุณตกลงว่าจะทำให้หลักสูตรของคุณทั้งหมดมีสิทธิ์สำหรับรวมอยู่ในคอลเลกชัน Udemy for Business ซึ่งเป็นคอลเลกชันหลักสูตรที่ยึดตามการสมัครสมาชิกที่พร้อมใช้งานให้กับลูกค้าธุรกิจ (“ลูกค้า UFB”) Udemy อาจเลือกหลักสูตรของคุณเพื่อรวมอยู่ในคอลเลกชัน Udemy for Business สำหรับลูกค้า UFB และอาจเปลี่ยนการเลือกหลักสูตรในคอลเลกชัน Udemy for Business เป็นครั้งคราว โดยเป็นดุลยพินิจแต่เพียงผู้เดียว เพื่อตอบสนองต่อความต้องการและการร้องขอของลูกค้า UFB เนื่องจากข้อเสนอ Udemy for Business ของเรายึดตามรูปแบบการสมัครสมาชิก ราคาขายสำหรับหลักสูตรที่รวมอยู่ในโปรแกรม UFB จะเป็นดุลยพินิจของ Udemy\nข) คุณเข้าใจและยอมรับว่า โดยการเข้าร่วมในโปรแกรม UFB คุณไม่อาจยกเลิกการเผยแพร่หรือทำให้หลักสูตรของคุณเป็นแบบส่วนตัวในระหว่างระยะเวลาการเข้าร่วมของคุณ \nค) การสิ้นสุด คุณสามารถเลือกที่จะสิ้นสุดการเข้าร่วมของคุณในโปรแกรม UFB ได้ตลอดเวลา Udemy จะลบหลักสูตรของคุณจากคอลเลกชัน Udemy for Business ภายในหก (6) เดือนของการสิ้นสุด และจะจ่ายส่วนแบ่งรายได้ของคุณต่อไปตามอัตราที่เป็นปัจจุบันในขณะนั้น จนกว่าจะลบหลักสูตรของคุณจากคอลเลกชัน Udemy for Business เมื่อหลักสูตรของคุณถูกลบออกจากคอลเลกชัน Udemy for Business แล้ว ลูกค้า UFB จะไม่สามารถลงทะเบียนในหลักสูตรของคุณได้อีกต่อไป และคุณจะไม่ได้รับส่วนแบ่งรายได้ของโปรแกรม UFB อีกต่อไป แต่ผู้เรียนของลูกค้า UFB ที่ลงทะเบียนในหลักสูตรของคุณก่อนหน้านี้จะยังคงเข้าถึงหลักสูตรเหล่านั้นได้ต่อไปตราบใดที่ลูกค้า UFB ยังคงสมัครสมาชิกกับ Udemy for Business\nง) รายได้ คุณจะได้รับค่าธรรมเนียมสำหรับการใช้หลักสูตรของคุณที่นำเสนอผ่านทางโปรแกรม UFB ค่าธรรมเนียมเหล่านี้ได้รับการคำนวณดังนี้: \n\nในแต่ละเดือน Udemy จะคำนวณค่าธรรมเนียมการสมัครสมาชิกรายเดือนรวมที่ชำระโดยลูกค้า UFB ในปัจจุบันทั้งหมด ลบภาษีการขายหรือภาษีมูลค่าเพิ่มที่เกี่ยวข้อง ค่าธรรมเนียมการแลกเปลี่ยนสกุลเงินต่างประเทศ และค่าธรรมเนียมการดำเนินการชำระเงินของบุคคลที่สาม\nยี่สิบห้าเปอร์เซ็นต์ (25%) ของจำนวนนี้จะได้รับการจัดสรรให้กับวิทยากรที่เข้าร่วมในโปรแกรม UFB (\"พูลรายได้วิทยากร\") ตามที่อธิบายเพิ่มเติมด้านล่าง\nในแต่ละเดือน Udemy จะคำนวณจำนวนนาทีรวมของเนื้อหาหลักสูตรในคอลเลกชัน Udemy for Business ที่ใช้โดยลูกค้า UFB ปัจจุบันทั้งหมด (\"จำนวนนาทีรวมที่ใช้\")\nในแต่ละเดือน Udemy จะคำนวณจำนวนนาทีรวมที่ใช้อันเนื่องมาจากหลักสูตรแต่ละรายการของคุณ ซึ่งถูกรวมในคอลเลกชัน Udemy for Business ในเดือนนั้น (\"จำนวนนาทีหลักสูตรของคุณ\")\nเมื่อต้องการคำนวณส่วนแบ่งรายได้ของคุณในแต่ละเดือน Udemy จะหารพูลรายได้วิทยากรด้วยจำนวนนาทีรวมที่ใช้ จากนั้นคูณจำนวนต่อนาทีนั้นด้วยจำนวนนาทีหลักสูตรของคุณ\n\n\nคูปองที่สร้างโดยวิทยากร",
976                    "ในฐานะวิทยากร คุณอาจเพิ่มยอดขายของคุณได้โดยการโปรโมทหลักสูตรของคุณโดยใช้รหัสคูปอง (“รหัสคูปอง”) ที่คุณสร้างบน Udemy ตามคำแนะนำที่:https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/articles\/229603968",
977                    "คุณจะได้รับเก้าสิบเจ็ดเปอร์เซ็นต์ (97%) ของยอดเงินสุทธิ (ตามที่ระบุไว้ใน ข้อกำหนดวิทยากร) จากผู้เรียนที่ใส่รหัสคูปองของคุณเมื่อพวกเขาลงทะเบียนในหลักสูตรของคุณ ยกเว้นดินแดนของญี่ปุ่น ซึ่งคุณจะได้รับเก้าสิบหกเปอร์เซ็นต์ (96%) ของยอดเงินสุทธิ",
978                    "โดยการใช้รหัสคูปอง คุณอาจนำเสนอหลักสูตรด้วยการลดเป็นเปอร์เซ็นต์ โดยที่ราคาขายหลักสูตรของคุณต้องไม่ต่ำกว่าประมาณ $10 USD หรือ คุณอาจนำเสนอหลักสูตรของคุณฟรี ซึ่งก็คือส่วนลด 100% เต็มของราคาฐาน โปรดทราบว่าส่วนลดจริงอาจสูงกว่าเล็กน้อย เนื่องมาจากการปัดเศษและการแปลงสกุลเงิน โดยไม่คำนึงถึงข้างต้น คุณอาจออกรหัสคูปองที่อนุญาตให้ผู้ใช้เรียนหลักสูตรของคุณฟรี",
979                    "ในฐานะวิทยากร คุณควรทราบว่าสกุลเงินที่ผู้เรียนของคุณเห็นในบริการอาจแตกต่างจากสกุลเงินที่คุณแสดงรายการไว้ในหลักสูตรของคุณ คูปองของคุณจะยังคงใช้งานได้ และจะให้ส่วนลดตามสัดส่วนในสกุลเงินที่สนับสนุนของ Udemy",
980                    "เมื่อประเทศของผู้เรียนต้องการให้เราจัดเก็บภาษี ราคาหลักสูตรที่กำหนดโดยวิทยากรจะรวมภาษีไว้ในธุรกรรมแล้ว เมื่อวิทยากรเห็นธุรกรรมนี้ในรายงานรายได้ ส่วนแบ่งรายได้จะได้รับการคำนวณจากราคาที่ผู้เรียนชำระลบด้วยภาษี",
981                    "นโยบายนี้อาจได้รับการอัพเดทเป็นครั้งคราว",
982                    " ",
983                    " "
984                ]
985            }
986        },
987        {
988            "TITLE": "Pricing and Promotions Policy ",
989            "fields": {
990                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115013339928-Pricing-and-Promotions-Policy-",
991                "PARAGRAPHS": [
992                    "Effective June 27, 2018.",
993                    "This Pricing and Promotions Policy includes all of the information on Our pricing, optional marketing programs, and promotions.",
994                    "For the Pricing and Promotions Policy in languages other than English, please refer to the links posted below.",
995                    "(German) Richtlinien für Preise und Werbeaktionen\n\n\n(Spanish) Política de precios y promociones\n\n\n(French) Politique tarifaire et promotionnelle\n\n\n(Italian) Politica sui prezzi e sulle promozioni\n\n\n(Japanese) 日本向け価格設定およびプロモーションに関するポリシー \n\n\n(Polish) Polityka dotycząca cen i promocji\n\n\n(Portuguese) Política de Preços e Promoções\n\n\n(Turkish) Fiyatlandırma ve Promosyon Politikası\n\n\n(Dutch) Prijs- en promotiebeleid\n\n\n(Chinese - Traditional) 定價與促銷政策\n\n\n(Chinese - Simplified) 定价和推广政策\n\n\n(Korean) 가격책정 및 프로모션 방침\n\n\n(Russian) Политика ценообразования и стимулирования продаж\n\n(Romanian) Politica de prețuri și promoții\n\n(Indonesian) Kebijakan Penetapan Harga dan Promosi\n\n(Thai) นโยบายราคาและโปรโมชั่น\n\n\nWe will provide You notice via email or a notification on the Udemy website prior to any material changes to this Pricing and Promotions Policy taking effect. If You have any questions on this policy, please email Our Support team using the form below.",
996                    "All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as provided in Udemy’s Terms of Use or Instructor Terms and Conditions (“Instructor Terms”). This Pricing and Promotions Policy is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Instructor Terms.",
997                    "Any version of this Pricing and Promotions Policy in a language other than English is provided for convenience and You understand and agree that the English language will control if there is any conflict.",
998                    "PRICING",
999                    "Selecting a Base Price ",
1000                    "As an Instructor, You may select a Tier governing the Base Price for Your Course from the Udemy price tier matrix (summary of which is provided below). You can do so by going to the “Price Edit” screen in Your Instructor Account. Thereafter, Students will see the price selected, unless otherwise adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Pricing and Promotions Policy. This price tier matrix will be updated periodically according to market conditions or as exchange rates change. Notwithstanding, in connection with promotional programs, certain Courses may be priced at higher prices at Udemy’s discretion",
1001                    "Except when a Course is made available through Udemy’s Marketing Programs, or when a Course is offered on Udemy's mobile applications, an Instructor will be solely responsible for determining the Base Price to be charged for such Course, in accordance with the Instructor Terms. In the case of Courses offered on Udemy's mobile applications, the mobile platform provider’s pricing matrix will control and the provider will select the price tier that is closest to the Course price set by the Instructor.  Please note that currency conversion on mobile platforms is controlled by those platforms and accordingly your Course price may appear as different than the pricing tier You selected. ",
1002                    "As set forth in the price tier matrix, Udemy currently offers students the ability to buy courses in the following currencies: American Dollar (USD), British Pound (GBP), Euro (EUR), Japanese Yen (JPY), Singaporean Dollar (SGD), Mexican Peso (MXN), Brazilian Real (BRL), Canadian Dollar (CAD), Australian Dollar (AUD), Israel Shekel (ILS), Thailand Baht (THB), Taiwan New Dollar (TWD), South African Rand (ZAR), Indian Rupee (INR), Polish Zloty (PLN), Turkish Lira (TRY), Norway Krone (NOK), South Korea Won (KRW) and Indonesian Rupiah (IDR).",
1003                    "Currencies on Mobile",
1004                    "Notwithstanding the above, the Udemy mobile application supports all currencies offered by the mobile platform providers (such as Apple and Google). You can see the currency and how much a Student bought the Course for by accessing “Your Revenue” for each purchase on Your Instructor revenue report.   ",
1005                    "Revenue Share and Taxes",
1006                    "As set forth in Section 9 of the Instructor Terms, If You do not opt into the Udemy Marketing Programs (see below), We will pay You fifty percent (50%) of the Net Amount received for Your Course less any applicable deductions such as Student refunds (“Standard Revenue Share”). Should You decide to opt in to any of Our Marketing Programs, the relevant revenue share may be different, as defined for each program.",
1007                    "Udemy makes all payments to Instructors in USD regardless of the currency in which the Student transacts. Udemy will assume all transaction processing fees, excluding foreign currency conversion. ",
1008                    "When the country from which the Student purchases the Course requires Udemy to remit Value Added Tax (VAT) or GST (Goods & Services Tax), We will deduct the tax amount from the Course Sale Price when calculating the Net Amount. The Net Amount will be split between Udemy and Instructors under the applicable revenue share model.",
1009                    "Countries requiring VAT \/ GST currently include all European Union (EU) countries, the U.K., South Korea, Japan, New Zealand and Australia, but Udemy reserves the right to add additional countries to this list as necessary.",
1010                    "When applicable, Udemy charges and pays European Union taxes for website purchases. In the case of mobile in-app purchases, European Union tax is collected and paid by Apple and Google respectively. ",
1011                    "Revenue Report",
1012                    "Your revenue report will display the local Sales Price (in localized currency) and the applied exchange rates:",
1013                    "You can view additional information by clicking on an individual transaction.",
1014                    "PROMOTIONS",
1015                    "Udemy’s Marketing Programs for Paid Courses",
1016                    "Udemy gives Instructors an opportunity to opt into the following currently available marketing programs (“Marketing Programs”) via Your Instructor Account. To participate in any of these programs or adjust Your preferences, log in to Your Udemy Account and click this link: https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/user\/edit-promotional-agreements\/ , then scroll down to the relevant program check each box to opt in, and scroll down to the bottom of the page and click save to apply Your settings. The specific deals may change from time to time to optimize Your revenue, but the most current deals are below:",
1017                    "Udemy Deals Program: Targeted to Drive Sales of Your Courses. \n\n\na) Millions of Students enroll in Courses every year through the Udemy Deals program. Both of the promotional channels that make up the Udemy Deals program are powerful levers to help You maximize Your revenue potential on Udemy. The Udemy Deals program utilizes highly segmented discounting via email and other channels designed to optimize sales of Your Course. You may choose to participate in either or both of the following programs, “Percentage Promotions” and\/or “Fixed-Price Promotions”: \n\nThe “Percentage Promotions” program allows Udemy to offer Your Course for a discount of up to and including 75% off the Base Price (or slightly higher for rounding off prices); and\nThe “Fixed-Price Promotions” program allows Udemy to offer Your Course for a fixed price that is less than the Base Price, but no less than approximately $10 USD (e.g., $10, $19 or $29 deals) except in Australia, Brazil, Mexico, India, Turkey and South Africa. Please note, the Sale Price under Fixed-Price Promotions may represent a discount exceeding 75% depending on the applicable Base Price.\n\n\n\nb) Udemy Deals program offers may be promoted via the Services, communications to Users, or Third Party Platforms. You understand and agree that the actual duration may vary for any specific Udemy Deal program.\nc) Revenue Share: By participating in the Udemy Deals program, You acknowledge that (i) Your revenue share will vary, but may be up to 50% of Net Amount in most territories; and  (ii) not all programs are available in all geographic territories. \n\n\n\n  Udemy Marketing Boost Program: A Multi-Channel Marketing Program to Drive Sales of Your Course. \n\n\n\na) Udemy has a network of tens of thousands of partner sites (\"Affiliates\") and established relationships with third-party deal sites (\"Deal Partners,\" and with Affiliates, \"External Partners\"). We also have an entire team dedicated to using advanced digital marketing tactics (such as paid advertising). The Udemy Marketing Boost program is the Udemy Marketing Program that promotes Courses through Affiliates and Third Party Platforms Deal Partners such as Facebook. There is no upfront cost to this program.\nb) When Udemy, at its option, purchases and places advertisements for Your Course on Third Party Platforms, and tracks the resulting sales through appropriate means (including, but not limited to, tracking pixels, cookies and the like) (\"Paid Advertising\"), there will be fees associated with such Paid Advertising activities.\nc) Revenue Share: By participating in the Udemy Marketing Boost program, You agree that Udemy: (i) may employ External Partners and undertake Paid Advertising to promote Your Courses; (ii) not all programs are available in all geographic territories; and (iii) may deduct External Partner fees or Paid Advertising fees before calculating the Net Amount. You acknowledge that in connection with the Udemy Marketing Boost program, Your revenue share may vary, but will be 25% of Net Amount in most cases. \n\n\n\n  Udemy For Business Program: An Opportunity for Inclusion in Udemy’s Subscription Offering for Businesses. \n\n\n\na) By applying for our Udemy for Business (UFB) program, You agree to make all of Your Courses eligible for inclusion in the Udemy for Business collection, a subscription-based course collection available to business customers (“UFB Customers”). Udemy may elect which of Your Courses to include in the Udemy for Business collection for a UFB Customer, and may change the selection of Courses in the Udemy for Business collection from time to time, in its sole discretion, in response to the needs and requests of UFB Customers. Because our Udemy for Business offering is based on a subscription model, the Sale Prices for Courses included in the UFB program are at Udemy's discretion.\nb) You understand and agree that by participating in the UFB program, You may not unpublish or make Your Courses private during the term of Your participation. \nc) Termination. You can choose to terminate Your participation in the UFB program at any time. Udemy will remove Your Courses from the Udemy for Business collection within six (6) months of termination and will continue to pay You revenue share based on the then-current rates until Your Courses are removed from the Udemy for Business collection. Once your courses are removed from the Udemy for Business collection, UFB Customers will no longer be able to enroll in Your Courses and you will no longer earn UFB program revenue share, but any student of a UFB Customer who previously enrolled in Your Courses will continue to be able to access those Courses for as long as the UFB Customer remains subscribed to Udemy for Business.\nd) Revenue. You will earn fees for consumption of Your Courses offered through the UFB program. These fees will be calculated as follows: \n\nEach month, Udemy will calculate the total monthly subscription fees paid by all current UFB Customers minus any applicable sales or value-added taxes, foreign exchange fees, and third-party payment processing fees.\nTwenty-five percent (25%) of this amount will be allocated to Instructors participating in the UFB program (\"Instructor Revenue Pool\") as further described below.\nEach month, Udemy will calculate the total minutes of course content in the Udemy for Business collection consumed by all current UFB Customers (\"Total Minutes Consumed\").\nEach month, Udemy will also calculate how many of the Total Minutes Consumed are attributable to each of Your Courses that were included in the Udemy for Business collection that month (\"Your Course Minutes\").\nTo calculate your revenue share each month, Udemy will divide the Instructor Revenue Pool by the Total Minutes Consumed, then multiply that per-minute amount by Your Course Minutes.\n\n\nInstructor Created Coupons",
1018                    "As an Instructor, You may be able to increase Your sales by promoting Your Courses by using a coupon code (“Coupon Code”) that You have created on Udemy in accordance with the instructions found at:https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/229603968. ",
1019                    "You will receive ninety-seven percent (97%) of the Net Amount (as defined in the Instructor Terms) from those Student who input Your Coupon Code at the time they enroll in Your Course, except in the territory of Japan where You will receive ninety-six percent (96%) of the Net Amount. ",
1020                    "By using Coupon Codes, You may offer Your Courses at any percentage discount, provided Your Course Sale Price does not fall below approximately $10 USD. Alternatively, You may also offer Your Courses for free, i.e. at a full 100% off of the Base Price. Note that the actual discount may be slightly higher due to rounding and currency conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, You may issue Coupon Codes that allow Users to take Your Course for free.",
1021                    "As an Instructor, You should be aware that the currency Your Students see on the Services may be different than the currency at which You listed Your Course. Your coupon will still work and it will give a proportional discount in any of the Udemy supported currencies. ",
1022                    "When the country of the Student requires Us to charge tax, Course prices set by Instructors are inclusive of tax in the transaction. When an Instructor sees this transaction in the revenue report, the revenue share is calculated from the price the Student paid minus tax. ",
1023                    "This policy may be updated from time to time."
1024                ]
1025            }
1026        },
1027        {
1028            "TITLE": "How to opt out of Udemy for Business",
1029            "fields": {
1030                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115013339908-How-to-opt-out-of-Udemy-for-Business",
1031                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1032                    "Udemy for Business is Udemy’s B2B (business to business) learning solution, which features a collection of over 3,000 courses from the Udemy.com marketplace. This article outlines how instructors who have opted-in to the Udemy for Business program, and have been selected for inclusion, can opt out.",
1033                    "For more information on Udemy for Business, and how to opt into the program, please click here. This article outlines how instructors are paid for their inclusion in the Udemy for Business program.",
1034                    "Opting Out of the Udemy for Business Program",
1035                    "If you wish to opt out of the Udemy for Business program, navigate to your promotional agreements preferences and remove the checkmark from the Udemy For Business Content Subscription opt-in box.",
1036                    "Once you have opted out of the program, Udemy will cease to offer your course(s) as a part of the Udemy for Business collection within six (6) months of your opting out. This enables us to provide sufficient notice regarding these content updates to Udemy for Business customers.",
1037                    "After six months, your course(s) will no longer be offered to new Udemy for Business customers as part of the Udemy for Business collection. But, any Udemy for Business user who enrolled in your course(s) while they were included in the Udemy for Business collection, will continue to have access to the content, for as long as their company remains a paying Udemy for Business customer.",
1038                    "For detailed information on terminating your participation in the Udemy for Business program, please refer to your promotional agreements page."
1039                ]
1040            }
1041        },
1042        {
1043            "TITLE": "Newcomer Challenge Official Rules",
1044            "fields": {
1045                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115012790188-Newcomer-Challenge-Official-Rules",
1046                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1047                    "NO PURCHASE OR PAYMENT IS NECESSARY TO ENTER THIS CHALLENGE. A PURCHASE OR PAYMENT WILL NOT INCREASE YOUR CHANCES OF WINNING. VOID WHERE PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED BY LAW OR REGULATION.",
1048                    "BY ENTERING THE CHALLENGE, YOU AGREE TO THESE OFFICIAL RULES, WHICH FORM A CONTRACT. SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAWS, THIS CONTRACT INCLUDES INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS ON YOUR PART AND A LIMITATION OF YOUR RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.",
1049                    "CHALLENGE DETAILS:",
1050                    "Challenge: Newcomer Challenge\n\nEligibility Criteria: You must be a Udemy instructor who has an account in good standing and does not have any published Courses as of the time that you submit your Challenge entry. You must opt in to Udemy marketing emails to be eligible to enter Challenge. You may opt out of marketing emails at any time after receiving your first email from Udemy but please note that to qualify for the Challenge, you must remain opted in for the duration of the Challenge.\n\nEntry Instructions: 1) Submit an entry via the landing page available at https:\/\/email.udemy.com\/pub\/sf\/ResponseForm?_ri_=X0Gzc2X%3DYQpglLjHJlYQGhj92N5OWrGpFJYRvXvwmzfP6KE3qHemTLUCVXMtX%3DYQpglLjHJlYQGiFORUzdOOlMzb27WIGzbHl5zdRaLH3Rk7ISwzfO&_ei_=EswUN1Css7mEpCoPhKN_87U (“Entry Page”); 2) submit your first Course for quality review within 45 days (1,080 hours) of submitting your entry; 3) pass the review process and successfully publish your Course to udemy.com within 55 days (1,320 hours) of submitting your entry; and 4) verify that you have opted in to promotional emails. “Course” is as defined in Udemy's Terms of Use (available at https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/terms). Limit one entry per Udemy instructor. Your Course must meet Udemy’s quality review standards available at https:\/\/s3.amazonaws.com\/udemy-images\/support\/Course+Quality+Checklist+EN.pdf. If your Course is removed from udemy.com for any reason between the date it is published and the date that Sponsor plans to issue the Challenge Reward, you will not qualify for the Challenge Reward.\n\nChallenge Reward: A featured spot on Udemy’s Newcomer Challenge Winners page available at https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/collection\/newcomer-challenge-winners\/all-courses for one week, to be promoted by Udemy via its Twitter and Facebook accounts.\n\nEnd of Challenge: The Challenge will end 45 days after the Challenge Entry Page is made unavailable.\n\nELIGIBILITY: The Challenge is open only to entrants who meet the Eligibility Criteria listed above (“Entrant”). Persons in any of the following categories are NOT eligible: (a) directors, members, partners, marketing affiliates, employees, consultants or agents of Sponsor or Administrator and their respective affiliates, and each of their respective companies, subsidiaries, advertising and promotion agencies, (b) suppliers of goods or services in connection with the Challenge, including individuals engaged in the development, production or distribution of materials for the Challenge; and (c) persons who (i) are in the immediate family of any person in any of the preceding categories (including mother, father, sister, brother, daughter, son, spouse, grandmother, grandfather, children or grandchildren), regardless of where they live, or (ii) reside in the same household, whether related or not, as any person in any of the preceding categories. All eligibility is subject to all national, provincial, municipal, territorial, federal, state and local laws and regulations. By participating in the Challenge, you unconditionally accept and agree to comply with and abide by these Official Rules (“Official Rules”) and the decisions of Udemy, Inc., 600 Harrison Street, San Francisco, CA 94107 USA (“Sponsor” and the “Administrator”), whose decisions shall be final and legally binding in all respects.   ",
1051                    "HOW TO ENTER: To enter, complete the Entry Instructions listed above in compliance with any listed restrictions before the End of Challenge criteria are met. You will receive a confirmation email upon successful submission of an entry via the landing page.",
1052                    "CHALLENGE REWARD: Entrants whose entries meet the qualification standards of these Official Rules will receive the Challenge Reward. No reward substitution or cash equivalent of any reward. No reward transfer.",
1053                    " RELEASE OF LIABILITY; CONDITIONS OF PARTICIPATION:",
1054                    "Transmission of Information. Sponsor, the Administrator, and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, affiliates, successors, and assigns (all collectively the \"Released Parties\") are not responsible for: (1) any incorrect or inaccurate information, whether caused by you or not, printing, typographical or other errors, or by any of the equipment or programming associated with or utilized in the Challenge; (2) technical failures of any kind, including, but not limited to, malfunctions, interruptions, or disconnections in phone lines or network hardware or software; (3) unauthorized human intervention in any part of the entry process or the Challenge; (4) printing, typographical, technical, computer, network or human error which may occur in (a) the administration of the Challenge, (b) the uploading, processing, or eligibility determination of entries, (c) the announcement of the eligible reward winners, or (d) the rewards or any Challenge-related materials; (5) late, lost, misdirected, inaccurate, incorrect, undeliverable, damaged or stolen entries or email; (6) costs associated with claiming or redeeming the rewards; and\/or (7) losses or damages resulting from an Entrant’s connection to the Internet via any website referenced herein. The Released Parties are not responsible for any (a) incorrect, mistranscribed, misdirected or undeliverable entries or e-mail transmissions, (b) incorrect announcements, (c) technical problems, including, without limitation, malfunctions of computer systems, servers, providers, or any hardware\/software, (d) lost or unavailable network connections or failed, incomplete, garbled or delayed computer transmission, or (e) a combination of any of the foregoing. Sponsor assumes no responsibility for (i) late, lost, incomplete, inaccurate or damaged entries, (ii) undeliverable e-mails resulting from any form of active or passive e-mail filtering by a user's Internet service provider and\/or e-mail client, or (iii) insufficient space in user's e-mail account to receive e-mail. Sponsor shall not be responsible for any damage (whether material or non-material) caused to your computer equipment or to data which is stored on such equipment, or to your personal, professional or commercial activities. Proof of submitting entries will not be deemed to be proof of receipt by Sponsor or Administrator.\n\nFraud; Reservation of Rights. Sponsor reserves the right to cancel, suspend, and\/or modify this Challenge, or any part of it, if any fraud, technical failures, or any other factors impair the integrity or proper functioning of the Challenge, as determined by Sponsor in its sole discretion. If terminated, Sponsor may, in its sole discretion, determine eligible reward winners from among all non-suspect, eligible entries received up to time of such action or as otherwise deemed fair and appropriate by Sponsor. Administrator, in its sole discretion, reserves the right to disqualify any individual it finds to be (a) tampering with the entry process or the operation of the Challenge, (b) acting in violation of the Official Rules of this or any other promotion, or (c) acting in a dishonest, fraudulent, unsportsmanlike or disruptive manner, and to void all associated entries. The preceding remedy in no way precludes Sponsor from taking legal or other actions against such individuals so as to protect its rights. Sponsor’s failure to enforce any provision of these Official Rules in a given circumstance does not constitute the waiver of such provision.\n\nRelease and Indemnity. By participating, you hereby release the Released Parties, and agree to indemnify, defend, and hold the Released Parties, and the other persons and entities involved in the development, production, and\/or administration of the Challenge, harmless, from any and all liability for losses, harm, damage, injury, costs, fees, and expenses, including without limitation, property damage, personal injury (including emotional distress), and\/or death, arising from participating in the Challenge, any Challenge-related activity, and\/or acceptance, receipt, possession or use\/misuse of any reward, and for any claims or causes of action based on publicity rights, defamation, or invasion of privacy and merchandise delivery.\n\n\nFORCE MAJEURE: If, for any reason, the Challenge (or any part thereof) is not capable of running as planned by reason of computer virus, bug, system malfunction, tampering, unauthorized intervention, fraud, technical failures, fire, flood, earthquake, storm or other natural cataclysm, riot, strike, terrorist activity, civil commotion, governmental regulation, or any other causes beyond the control of Sponsor which, in its sole opinion, corrupts or affects the administration, security, fairness, integrity or proper conduct of the Challenge (or any part thereof), Sponsor reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to cancel, terminate, modify or suspend the Challenge, or to thereafter conduct the Challenge by selecting the reward winner(s) for the affected Challenge based on the earliest-submitted entries received for such affected Challenge or otherwise in a manner which is fair, equitable and in accordance with these Official Rules, as determined by Sponsor in its sole discretion.",
1055                    "DISPUTES: Except where prohibited by law, you agree that: (a) any and all disputes, claims, and causes of action arising out of or connected with the Challenge or any reward, shall be resolved individually, without resort to any form of class action; (b) all claims must be resolved in the state or federal courts located in the State of California, USA; (c) any and all claims, judgments and awards shall be limited to actual out-of-pocket costs incurred, including costs associated with entering this Challenge, but in no event including attorneys' fees; and (d) unless otherwise prohibited, under no circumstances will you be permitted to obtain awards for, and you hereby waive all rights to, any indirect, punitive, incidental, and consequential damages, or damages of any kind (other than actual out of pocket expenses), and any and all rights to have damages multiplied or otherwise increased. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforceability of these Official Rules, or the rights and obligations of you and Sponsor in connection with the Challenge, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules (whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction), which would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of California, USA.",
1056                    "EU RESIDENTS NOTICE: Your personal data will be transferred to the United States. Pursuant to EU law pertaining to data collection and processing, as an EU resident, you have a right of access to, modification and withdrawal of your personal data. You also have the right of opposition to the data collection, under certain circumstances. To exercise such right, you may write to: Udemy Legal Department, Udemy, Inc., 600 Harrison Street, San Francisco, CA 94107 USA. The data controller and the data recipient is Sponsor. Your data will be transferred outside the European Union. For more information, please consult https:\/\/www.udemy.com\/terms\/privacy."
1057                ]
1058            }
1059        },
1060        {
1061            "TITLE": "How to Search for Courses on Udemy ",
1062            "fields": {
1063                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115012244007-How-to-Search-for-Courses-on-Udemy-",
1064                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1065                    "Udemy has an extensive, multi-language library, which includes over 65,000 courses that have been created by expert instructors. The courses range across a wide range of categories, some of these include: business & entrepreneurship, programming, academics, the arts, health & fitness, language, music, technology, games, and much more.  ",
1066                    "This article outlines how you can search Udemy’s ever growing library, and find courses you’re interested in taking.",
1067                    "Using the Marketplace Search Tool",
1068                    "You can quickly search for courses by using the search tool, which is located at the top of the Udemy marketplace page beside the Categories menu. You can also access the search tool on your My Courses page, and the Instructor Dashboard, if you’re an instructor.",
1069                    "Search results can be created by entering words related to the course and or subject into the search tool, and then clicking enter.",
1070                    "The search results will also include primary topics that are related to the terms you searched. By clicking on the primary topic, you will be directed to a new page of related courses.",
1071                    "Searching by Category",
1072                    "You can also search for courses by category. Simply move your cursor to the Categories icon at the top, and then select the category and or subcategory you wish to view.",
1073                    "The Featured courses for that category will appear below. If you wish to view additional courses for that category, however, then click All Courses under the category title (please note that categories should not be confused with primary topics outlined above).",
1074                    "Using the Search Tool Filters",
1075                    "There are several, different filters you can use on the All Courses page of a category to narrow your search.",
1076                    "On the left hand side, the filters include:",
1077                    "Level (basic, intermediate, expert, all levels), \n\n\nLanguage (the course languages), \n\n\nFeatures (quizzes, closed captions, coding exercises) \n\n\nPrice (paid or free)\n\n\nOn the right hand side, you can can sort by:",
1078                    "Highest Rated\nPopularity\nNewest\nPrice: Low to High\nPrice: High to Low\n\nHighest Rated sorts the courses based on the ratings average it’s received in the last 90 days. Newest, on the other hand, prioritizes courses that were more recently added to the Udemy marketplace.",
1079                    "Once you’ve located a course you’re interested in, you can see if the course is right for you by starting a free preview and watching a handful of lectures the instructor has selected. For more information on how to do this, and contacting the instructor if you have any questions regarding their course, please click here.",
1080                    "In addition, once you find a course you’re interested in, you can quickly let your friends, relatives or co-workers know about it by using the social media links on the course landing page.",
1081                    "Related Articles",
1082                    "How to Preview and Compare Courses",
1083                    "What Types of Courses do You Offer?",
1084                    "Send a Message to the Instructor"
1085                ],
1086                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1087                    "What Types of Courses do You Offer?"
1088                ]
1089            }
1090        },
1091        {
1092            "TITLE": "Creating and Editing Your Profile",
1093            "fields": {
1094                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115012221107-Creating-and-Editing-Your-Profile",
1095                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1096                    "Every Udemy account includes a profile page, where you can share information about yourself, and add links to your personal website or social media profiles.",
1097                    "For Udemy instructors, your profile is also your Instructor biography, and is your dedicated space to present your expertise, your experience and your personality. For tips on how to create a compelling and engaging Instructor bio please click here.",
1098                    "How to Edit Your Profile",
1099                    "To edit your profile, including adding your profile's image, click the drop down menu in the upper right corner of your account and click on your name. You can also head to your profile page by clicking here.",
1100                    "To edit your profile bio, simply type in your first and last name, your headline, and what you want your biography to say. Next, click Save at the bottom of the page.",
1101                    "How to Upload Your Profile Picture",
1102                    "To upload (or edit) your profile picture, click Photo on the left hand side of your Profile page. Then choose an image from your computer to upload. Once it’s uploaded, you can crop it, if necessary, and then click Save.",
1103                    "How to Add External Links to Your Profile",
1104                    "In your profile you can add links to your personal website, YouTube channel, and social media profiles​ like Google+, Twitter, Facebook, and LinkedIn. These links can provide more information about your experience and credentials, and are a great way for instructors to tell students more about them and increase their audience.",
1105                    "To add external links to your profile, scroll to the bottom of your Profile page and enter your information. After you’ve entered the external links, click Save.",
1106                    "How  to View Your Profile",
1107                    "If you wish to see how your profile will appear to other students and instructors, simply click View Public Profile on the left hand side of your Profile page.",
1108                    "Editing Your Privacy Settings",
1109                    "You can access your privacy settings, and set whether you wish to have your profile publicly visible on the Privacy page. In addition, you can also set whether you wish to share what courses you’re enrolled in, on this page. By default, account profile’s are publicly visible, unless the settings are changed.",
1110                    "Your privacy settings can be accessed by clicking on Privacy on the left hand side of your Profile page. To make your profile or enrolled courses private, simply click on the check mark beside each option and click Save.",
1111                    "Related Support Articles",
1112                    "Unsubscribe From Udemy Notifications",
1113                    "Change Your Email Login",
1114                    "Adding and Deleting Cards in Your Account"
1115                ]
1116            }
1117        },
1118        {
1119            "TITLE": " FTC Disclosure Requirements and Examples for Udemy Affiliates",
1120            "fields": {
1121                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115011059827--FTC-Disclosure-Requirements-and-Examples-for-Udemy-Affiliates",
1122                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1123                    "In December 2009, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) released the following guides concerning the use of endorsements in advertising. Udemy requires all their affiliates or partners paid-per-placements to comply with these guidelines at all times when promoting Udemy. Please note that all examples are meant as guidance only and do not, in any way, represent Udemy’s legal advice to you.",
1124                    "In order for Udemy affiliates and partners paid-per-placement to comply with these guidelines, you must disclose to consumers the fact that you are receiving commissions or payment for promoting Udemy. Failure to do so may result in immediate removal from our affiliate program and cancellation of any pending commissions or payments.",
1125                    "All disclosures must meet four basic requirements. They must be frequent, clear, conspicuous, and require no scrolling or other type of user action to locate.",
1126                    "Below we provide more clarification for each of the four basic requirements specific to Udemy.",
1127                    "Frequent: Your disclosure must appear on any website, social media post, video, article or review that promotes Udemy using affiliate links or paid placements.\n\n\nClear: It must be immediately clear that you may receive compensation from Udemy for your review, promotion or recommendation. Do not promise or imply neutrality or independence where in fact a commission or compensation is driving the presentation or promotion of Udemy on your website or any other online promotion. \n\n\nExamples of clear disclosures you can use when promoting Udemy:\n\n\nIn text form:\n\nDisclosure: We are a professional review site that receives compensation from the companies whose products we review. We test each product thoroughly and give high marks to only the very best. We are independently owned and the opinions expressed here are our own.\nDisclosure: We are a participant in the Udemy Affiliate Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for our site to earn fees by linking to Udemy.com.\nDisclosure: Our team writes about stuff we think you'll like. We aim to highlight products and services you might find interesting, and if you buy them, we may get a small share of the revenue from the sale from our partner, Udemy.\nDisclosure: Our team is always looking for things we think our readers will value. If we make an affiliate partnership like the one featured in this article, then we may see a share of revenue.\nWelcome to Our Site! Disclosure: We are a professional review site that receives compensation from the companies whose products we review. We tested and reviewed the web hosting sites ranked here. We are independently owned and the opinions expressed here are our own.\n\n\n\nIn a social media:\n\n\nUse hashtags commonly known to consumers such as #ad or #sponsored in any social media post that includes affiliate links\n\n\n\n\nIn video format:\n\nYou have to verbally state before you talk about our product that \"Udemy has sponsored this video\" or \"I'm a Udemy Affiliate so I may receive compensation if you purchase a Udemy course after watching this video\". Having an annotation or note in the description box is a plus.\nFor Youtube: Check the \"video contains paid promotion\" box under the \"Content declaration\" section when you upload the video.\n\n\n\n\n\nExamples of an unclear disclosures:\n\n\nIn text form:\n\nDisclosure: We are a website that needs compensation to operate like any other website on the internet. We may receive consideration for our reviews but we are totally unbiased and do not accept paid reviews or fake reviews claiming to be something they are not.\nClarification: this “disclosure” is omitting the most important information: that a commission is paid for purchases made through links in the post, or that commission or conversion rates are influencing the placement or content of the rankings or reviews.\nIn social media:\n\n\nThe use the hashtags #aff or #affiliate in any social media post that includes affiliate links\n\nClarification: the social media hashtags #aff or #affiliate are not proper disclosures as these terms are not familiar to the average consumer\n\nIn video format:\n\nJust stating that you got a “sneak peek” is not sufficient as it doesn't clearly state to consumers your relationship with Udemy\nJust having a link to an official disclosure in the description box or as an annotation is also not sufficient. \nDisclosures can’t be placed somewhere that could be easily missed, for example at the end of your video, which is why you should always state it in your video before you talk about Udemy.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nConspicuous:  The disclosure must be clear and easy to see. It should begin with the word “disclosure.” No scrolling should be necessary in order to find the disclosure. For the disclosure to be considered clear, make sure you comply with the following guidelines:\n\n\nFont should be: \n\nAt least as large as the main text on the page\nIn a color other than black or gray\nIn contrast with both with its background and the main text\nDarker than its background or the main text.\n\n\n\nVideo disclosure should be:\n\nMentioned in the video itself and be long enough to be noticed, read, and understood by consumers\n\n\n\n\n\nRequire No Action: Your disclosure must be immediately evident to a typical visitor to your site who views a review, ranking or endorsement on a PC, Mac, or mobile device. A visitor should not need to scroll, click or hover to learn that you receive compensation. If you do include a clickable link or additional information when a visitor hovers over text, the language of the link itself should reveal the fact that you receive compensation.\n\n\nExample of a link that requires no action:\n\nDisclosure: We are compensated for our reviews. Click here for details. \nKeep this in mind: Simply telling the visitor that they can “Click\/hover here to read our FTC disclosure” is not adequate. You need to signal through plain words, such as “Advertising Disclosure” that the “disclosure” is relevant to the potential for editorial bias due to commissions.\n\n\n\n\n\n\nSpecial guidelines for Udemy employees who are also affiliates in the Udemy Affiliate Program:",
1128                    "As a Udemy employee, you need to add additional disclosures to all your affiliate promotions that clearly state your employee relationship with Udemy.",
1129                    "Examples of clear disclosures:\n\nDisclosure: This site is run by a Udemy employee who are also participates in the Udemy Affiliate Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for our website to earn fees by linking to Udemy.com.\n\nFor Social Media Posts: Use the following additional hashtags commonly known to consumers #udemyemployee #iworkforUdemy in addition to the #ad or #sponsored hashtags\n\n\n\nMore information about the FTC Disclosure requirements is available at:",
1130                    "Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising\nThe FTC's Revised Endorsement Guides: What People are Asking"
1131                ]
1132            }
1133        },
1134        {
1135            "TITLE": "Summary of Changes (Affiliate Terms & Conditions)",
1136            "fields": {
1137                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115010778588-Summary-of-Changes-Affiliate-Terms-Conditions-",
1138                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1139                    "Summary of changes (Effective August 1st, 2017):",
1140                    " ",
1141                    "Dear Affiliate,",
1142                    "Effective on August 1st, 2017, the Udemy Affiliate Team will have a new baseline commission for our affiliate program running on Rakuten Linkshare.",
1143                    "The new baseline will grant the following baseline commission to affiliates who apply to the Udemy Affiliate Program on or after August 1st, 2017:",
1144                    "Commission: 20% in commissions for all paid Udemy courses; 0% for any In-app purchases of Udemy courses.\nReturn Days or Cookie Window: 7 days\n\nThis new baseline commission does not affect any affiliate who was approved in the Udemy Affiliate Program before June 30th, 2017.",
1145                    "The Udemy Affiliate Team will regularly review the commissions given to our affiliates and commissions may need to be adjusted based on type of website you run as an affiliate or based on any changes on your promotions. In that case, the Udemy Affiliate Team will notify you of any updates directly via email.",
1146                    "If you are unsure how much in commissions you are currently receiving as a Udemy Affiliate, feel free to check on your Rakuten Linkshare account. To find your current commission, login to your Rakuten Linkshare account here. Then go to Programs> My Advertisers> Udemy to see the commission you are currently assigned to.",
1147                    "If you have any further questions, feel free to reach out to us (affiliates@udemy.com)"
1148                ]
1149            }
1150        },
1151        {
1152            "TITLE": "Troubleshooting Closed Caption Upload Errors ",
1153            "fields": {
1154                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115010454947-Troubleshooting-Closed-Caption-Upload-Errors-",
1155                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1156                    "This article outlines the error notifications instructors might encounter while attempting to add closed captions to your course lectures, and how can you resolve the issue.",
1157                    "For steps on how to add closed captions to your course videos, please click here.",
1158                    "Incorrectly Formatted Timing Information",
1159                    "If your caption entry includes timing information the system cannot read, then you will see an error notification reporting one or more of the entries has incorrectly formatted timing info.",
1160                    "In order for your .vtt closed caption entry to be accepted, it must be formatted with one of the timing formations below:",
1161                    "00:00:00 (HH:MM:SS)",
1162                    "00:00 (MM:SS)",
1163                    "00 (SS)",
1164                    "00:00:00.000 (HH:MM:SS.mmm)",
1165                    "00:00.000 (MM:SS.mmm)",
1166                    "00.000 (SS.mmm)",
1167                    "Please note: ‘m’ stands for microseconds",
1168                    "In addition, caption entries must have a start time that is earlier than the end time that’s been entered, in order for it to upload successfully. Accordingly, the caption entries also require a start time that is later than the previous entry’s start time.",
1169                    "If you receive an error sign indicating this is not the case, then you will need to edit the entry’s times.",
1170                    " ",
1171                    "Missing Timing Information",
1172                    "If the .vtt file has a correct header, but doesn’t have any timing information, or it can’t be recognised due to incorrect formatting, you will see an error sign reporting that one or more of the caption entries has text but no times.",
1173                    "The correct formatting for the timing information looks like “00:03:00.000 --> 00:05:00.00”. Please note that the separating arrow must have one or two space or tab characters on each side.",
1174                    "Missing WEBVTT Header",
1175                    "If the caption entry is missing the WEBVTT header, which is required for valid vtt files, you will see an error warning indicating this. Please add WEBVTT to the first line of the file in order to resolve the issue, as shown below:",
1176                    "Missing Track Text",
1177                    "If one of the caption entries has timing information but no text, you will be notified via an error sign. Each caption entry should have a start time, end time and some text in the following format:",
1178                    "No Caption Entries",
1179                    "Each caption entry should have a start time, end time and some text, and each caption entry must be separated from another with at least two line breaks. If the entry doesn’t, an error sign will appear indicating that there are no recognisable caption entries in the file.",
1180                    "Caption entries should be created with the following format:"
1181                ]
1182            }
1183        },
1184        {
1185            "TITLE": "Using Your Google or Facebook Account to Access Udemy",
1186            "fields": {
1187                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115010555448-Using-Your-Google-or-Facebook-Account-to-Access-Udemy",
1188                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1189                    "In addition to registering for Udemy by entering an email address and creating a password, on our mobile app, you can also sign up using your Google or Facebook account.",
1190                    "How to Sign up Using Your Google or Facebook Account",
1191                    "If you wish to sign up for Udemy using your Google or Facebook account, then follow the steps outlined below on our mobile app.  Please note that by following these steps, if you haven’t already created a Udemy account using your Facebook or Google account email address, this process will create a new account on Udemy.",
1192                    "Open the Udemy app on your mobile device \nClick either the Google or Facebook Sign In icon\nFollow the prompts to complete the sign up process",
1193                    "After you’ve created a new account with Facebook or Google, you can log into Udemy.com via a browser, by clicking Continue with Facebook or Continue with Google.  You can also continue to login on the mobile app via the Google or Facebook sign in options.",
1194                    "How to Connect Your Existing Udemy Account to Facebook or Google",
1195                    "If you wish to connect your existing Udemy account to your Facebook or Google account, you can quickly do so by following the steps below:",
1196                    "Move your cursor to the top right of Udemy's homepage, then click Login\n\n\nClick Continue with Facebook or Continue with Google\n\nEnter the email address and password that’s connected to your Facebook or Google account\n\nPlease note that in order to establish a connection, the same email address must be registered to both your Udemy account and your Facebook or Google account.  If there is not an existing account with the email address you are attempting to connect to Facebook or Google, instead of connecting the accounts, this process will create a new account.",
1197                    "Moving forward, you’ll be able to log into your Udemy account by clicking on Continue with Facebook or Continue with Google, or by entering the email and password for your Udemy account that you signed up with initially. Remember that your Udemy account password may differ from the password registered to your Facebook or Google account.",
1198                    "Unlinking Your Facebook or Google Account From Udemy",
1199                    "If you registered for Udemy using the Facebook or Google sign up options, and wish to unlink your Facebook or Google account from Udemy, you will need to create a new password, if you have not already. Then you will be able to log into Udemy using your email address, rather than the Facebook or Google sign in options.",
1200                    "To create a new password for your Udemy account, follow the steps below:",
1201                    "Log into Udemy.com on a browser via either the Facebook or Google sign in option\nMove your cursor to your profile avatar at the top right, and click on your name\n\nSelect Account on the left hand side\n\n\nEnter a new password for your password, re-type the new password, and click Change Password\n\n\nOnce you’ve created a new password, please contact us at Udemy Support, so we can proceed with unlinking your account. (If you forget to set a new password, you can still follow the Forgot Password process to access your account.) Please be sure to provide us with the e-mail address that is linked to your Facebook or Google account, which you signed up with originally, when you contact Udemy Support."
1202                ]
1203            }
1204        },
1205        {
1206            "TITLE": "Auto-Generated Captions FAQ",
1207            "fields": {
1208                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115010239888-Auto-Generated-Captions-FAQ",
1209                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1210                    "As part of Udemy’s plan to expand the global reach of instructors, and help make course content more accessible to students around the world, we provide auto-generated captions in English for English video lectures. When English isn’t the native language of a student, captions can make courses easier to comprehend. Further, captions also provide more clarity, reinforce learning, and make courses accessible to hearing-impaired students.",
1211                    "This article includes answers to the frequently asked questions we receive regarding the automatically generated captions program.",
1212                    "How are the automatic captions created?",
1213                    "The automatically generated captions are generated using speech recognition technology.",
1214                    "When will auto-generated captions be added to new courses?",
1215                    "English, auto-generated captions will be generated for new English courses, after the course has been submitted to our review team for approval, but before the course is published and open to enrollments on the marketplace.",
1216                    "Once my course has received auto-generated captions, if I publish a new lecture video, will they receive auto-generated captions as well? ",
1217                    "Yes. New, English videos that are published in your courses will receive automatically generated captions.  ",
1218                    "Will I be notified when my course has received automatically generated captions?",
1219                    "Yes. Once auto-generated captions have been added to your course you will be notified on the Captions page, and you will also receive a notification in the notifications bell.  ",
1220                    "How will the auto-generated captions be indicated on the course landing page? ",
1221                    "If a course has received auto-generated captions, then “auto-generated” will appear beside the captions icon on the course landing page. If a significant amount of the auto-generated captions are edited by the instructor, however, then “Auto-generated” will be removed from the captions icon. ",
1222                    "For steps on how to use the captions editing tool, please click here.",
1223                    "Can I request that auto-generated captions in languages other than English be added to my course?",
1224                    "Currently the captioning program is limited to creating English captions for English content only. Instructors are free to add captions in other languages to their course if they wish. For more information on how to do this, please click here. ",
1225                    "Can I edit the auto-generated captions myself?",
1226                    "Yes. If you would like to improve and edit the auto-generated captions that were generated for your course, you can do so by using the captions editing tool. For steps on how to use the editing tool, please click here.",
1227                    "Can I still upload my own captions to my course?",
1228                    "Yes. Instructors can still upload and use captions they’ve created for the course, and these captions will be utilized instead of the auto-generated captions. For steps on how to do this, please refer to this article.",
1229                    "Can I disable the captions myself?",
1230                    "Yes. If you wish to disable the captions for your course, you can do so by clicking on Disable at the top right hand of the Captions page. Please note that disabling the captions will also disable transcripts for the course.",
1231                    "It says the automatically generated captions were disabled due to “low quality”. How is this determined?",
1232                    "Captions can receive a low quality rating for several reasons, some of which include poor audio levels in the video lecture, background noise, or unrecognizable words. In these cases, the automatic captions will be disabled. Students that specifically requested the captions due to a hearing impairment, however, will still be able to utilize them.",
1233                    "Instructors can re-enable the captions by downloading the caption file, editing it in a text editor, and then re-uploading it to the associated lectures. Steps on how to do this are posted above."
1234                ],
1235                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1236                    "How are the automatic captions created?",
1237                    "When will auto-generated captions be added to new courses?",
1238                    "Will I be notified when my course has received automatically generated captions?",
1239                    "Can I request that auto-generated captions in languages other than English be added to my course?",
1240                    "Can I edit the auto-generated captions myself?",
1241                    "Can I still upload my own captions to my course?",
1242                    "Can I disable the captions myself?",
1243                    "It says the automatically generated captions were disabled due to “low quality”. How is this determined?"
1244                ]
1245            }
1246        },
1247        {
1248            "TITLE": "Payoneer FAQ",
1249            "fields": {
1250                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115009727168-Payoneer-FAQ",
1251                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1252                    "Udemy is happy to announce it has partnered with Payoneer, a leading global payments service provider, to offer our instructors another flexible, low-cost payment method. Payments from Payoneer can be delivered to your local bank account or to your prepaid Mastercard® card.",
1253                    "Below are some of the frequently asked questions and answers regarding Payoneer.",
1254                    "For steps on how to become a Premium Instructor and set up your payment method, please refer to this article.",
1255                    "How do I register to Payoneer?",
1256                    "From the Udemy Premium Instructor payout selection page, choose Payoneer as your payment method. Continue the signup process as prompted.",
1257                    "Payoneer prepaid MasterCard® sign up:",
1258                    "Click “Connect” and choose prepaid MasterCard® option from the index page. Follow the registration process and complete the 4 registration steps.",
1259                    "Step 1: Enter your details\nStep 2: Enter your address and phone number\nStep 3: Create a password and set your security question\nStep 4: Enter your ID info and confirm your shipping address\n\nThe Prepaid Debit MasterCard® will be mailed to you in over 200 countries and credited with your payments from Udemy. After receiving the card, you will be able to use it just like a regular debit card.",
1260                    "Local Bank Transfer sign up:",
1261                    "Click “Connect” and choose Bank Transfers option from the index page. Follow the registration process and complete the 4 registration steps. Make sure that you have your local bank account details handy as you'll need them during the sign up.",
1262                    "Step 1: Enter your details\nStep 2: Enter your address and phone number\nStep 3: Create a password and set your security question\nStep 4: Enter your local bank account details\n\nLocal Bank transfer lets you quickly, easily and safely receive money directly to your bank account in local currency. Revenue is transferred directly to your local bank account in your local currency. Funds are available within 1–3 business days.",
1263                    "What happens after I register?",
1264                    "Once you have submitted your Payoneer application, you can view your account status at any time by logging into your Payoneer account - My Account.",
1265                    "New applications can take several business days to be approved (usually no more than 3 business days). Once approved, you will receive an email confirmation with further details. In some situations, you may be asked to provide extra details such as a copy of your ID, Certificate of Incorporation, bank statement or other documents.",
1266                    "What if I’m already a Payoneer user?",
1267                    "If you’re already a Payoneer user, select “Already have a Payoneer Account” during registration.",
1268                    "How long does it take for the payment from Payoneer to be transferred to my account?",
1269                    "Udemy payments are delivered to instructors monthly, after the 30 day period for refunds has ended. For more information on Udemy’s payment schedule, please click here.",
1270                    "Once Udemy transfers the revenue you’ve earned to your Payoneer account, the processing time for transferring to your bank account may vary, depending on your country and payment method: The estimated time for local transfers from Payoneer to your bank account is 1-3 business days. The estimated time for transfers from Payoneer to your card is within 2 hours.",
1271                    "What fees are included when receiving funds?",
1272                    "The exact fees depend on the card or Local Bank Transfer. Detailed pricing and fees information can be viewed during registration on the top left corner under the “Fees” tab. After registration, please go to the \"Pricing & Fees\" tab located under the \"Help\" menu in My Account. For pricing and fees for Local Bank Transfers, you will have an opportunity to see and approve this in Step 4 during the registration process before submitting the application.  ",
1273                    "How can I receive more information?",
1274                    "For more information in English and other languages, and to contact Payoneer Support, click here."
1275                ],
1276                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1277                    "How do I register to Payoneer?",
1278                    "What happens after I register?",
1279                    "What if I’m already a Payoneer user?",
1280                    "How long does it take for the payment from Payoneer to be transferred to my account?",
1281                    "What fees are included when receiving funds?",
1282                    "How can I receive more information?"
1283                ]
1284            }
1285        },
1286        {
1287            "TITLE": "Purchase Issues - Turkey Residents ",
1288            "fields": {
1289                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115009488228-Purchase-Issues-Turkey-Residents-",
1290                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1291                    "Having trouble completing a purchase?  Purchase attempts can fail for a variety of reasons: please have a look at some of the most common issues that can occur, when attempting to make a purchase on Udemy. ",
1292                    "Please note: this article is regarding payment issues that students residing in Turkey may encounter, and how they can resolve them. For troubleshooting steps on how to resolve payment issues elsewhere, please refer to this article.",
1293                    "Common Troubleshooting Steps for Failed Payments ",
1294                    "New Banking Regulations in Turkey\n\nPlease make sure that your credit card is authorized for e-commerce. Beginning January 31st, 2018, the Banking Regulation and Supervision Agency (BDDK) of Turkey is closing all debit and credit cards issued in the country to e-commerce and international transactions. If your credit card is no longer authorized for e-commerce, you will need to contact your bank directly to have them re-authorize it for these types of transactions. In order to continue shopping online, contact your bank via sms, phone, internet banking, mobile app or at the branch to authorize your card.\n\nMultiple IP Addresses \/ VPN\n\nMultiple IP addresses can trigger card authorization problems. We advise that you refrain from using a virtual private network (VPN) while making a purchase on Udemy, which may cause the transaction to fail.\n\nSaved Payment Method\n\nAre you trying to purchase with a saved payment method?  As an initial step, try deleting it and re-adding it to ensure the details are correct and up to date.  For more information about how to do this, please refer to this article.  You can also remove it from your Udemy profile by clicking here.\n\nIncomplete Name \n\nPlease ensure you are entering your first and last name exactly as it appears on your card in the “name on card” field, or the purchase may be declined.\n\n\n\nPostal Code Issues\n\nSome countries contain alphanumeric postal codes, or no codes at all, which can occasionally cause errors when making a payment.  If you experience a postal code error, try entering all zeros (00000) at checkout.\n\n\n\nNon-United States Debit Cards\n\nUdemy is based in the United States. Since debit cards in some countries might not allow foreign transactions, we advise you to use a valid credit card. If you’re trying to purchase with a debit card that was issued outside of the U.S., and you are experiencing trouble making a payment, try calling your bank to ensure it’s authorized for international purchases.\n\nInternational Purchases \n\n\nIs the issuing country for your card different from your country of residence? If so, your card might not be approved. If you experience trouble using the card, contact Udemy Support and we can look into this for you.\n\n\nToo Many Attempts \/ Card Usage in 24 hours\n\nSome cards have usage limitations, and will automatically block payment attempts after a certain threshold has been reached.  If you’ve used your card a lot in the last 24 hours, try contacting your bank, or waiting until the next day to make a purchase.\n\nCVC Code\n\n\nOur payment processor only accepts numbers for this field.  Please ensure you are entering numbers and that the code is correct, as listed on the back of the card.\n\n\nRocketmail Email Addresses\n\nPayment attempts from Udemy accounts tied to a Rocketmail address will not be accepted by our system. Please try changing your email address to a non-Rocketmail domain and try again.\n\nCache Issues\n\n\nIf you're sure you're entering the right card number, but you’re seeing a notification it looks invalid, or the pay button isn't showing up, there may be a caching issue. Please clear your cache and try again. For instructions on how to clear your cache, please click here.\n\n\n\nStill Stuck?",
1295                    "To protect your security and privacy, a bank does not always share with Udemy why a payment method was declined.  Some of the most common reasons for bank declines include insufficient funds, card purchase limitations, card security policies, among other issues.  ",
1296                    "Because Udemy does not have direct insight into the reason for the decline, you will need to contact your bank or financial institution to solve the payment issue.  ",
1297                    "It’s important to let your bank know that you would like to make a payment on Udemy.com, that Udemy is a company based in the United States, the amount you expect to spend, and that we do not bill recurringly. ",
1298                    "Have any other payment questions?  Please have a look at some of other topics in our Help Center related to purchasing courses: ",
1299                    "Supported Currencies\nHow Do I Request a Refund?\n\nRefund Status: Common Questions \n\nFor any other questions, please contact Udemy Support.",
1300                    " "
1301                ],
1302                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1303                    "New Banking Regulations in Turkey\n\nPlease make sure that your credit card is authorized for e-commerce. Beginning January 31st, 2018, the Banking Regulation and Supervision Agency (BDDK) of Turkey is closing all debit and credit cards issued in the country to e-commerce and international transactions. If your credit card is no longer authorized for e-commerce, you will need to contact your bank directly to have them re-authorize it for these types of transactions. In order to continue shopping online, contact your bank via sms, phone, internet banking, mobile app or at the branch to authorize your card.\n\nMultiple IP Addresses \/ VPN\n\nMultiple IP addresses can trigger card authorization problems. We advise that you refrain from using a virtual private network (VPN) while making a purchase on Udemy, which may cause the transaction to fail.\n\nSaved Payment Method\n\nAre you trying to purchase with a saved payment method?  As an initial step, try deleting it and re-adding it to ensure the details are correct and up to date.  For more information about how to do this, please refer to this article.  You can also remove it from your Udemy profile by clicking here.\n\nIncomplete Name \n\nPlease ensure you are entering your first and last name exactly as it appears on your card in the “name on card” field, or the purchase may be declined.\n\n\n\nPostal Code Issues\n\nSome countries contain alphanumeric postal codes, or no codes at all, which can occasionally cause errors when making a payment.  If you experience a postal code error, try entering all zeros (00000) at checkout.\n\n\n\nNon-United States Debit Cards\n\nUdemy is based in the United States. Since debit cards in some countries might not allow foreign transactions, we advise you to use a valid credit card. If you’re trying to purchase with a debit card that was issued outside of the U.S., and you are experiencing trouble making a payment, try calling your bank to ensure it’s authorized for international purchases.\n\nInternational Purchases \n\n\nIs the issuing country for your card different from your country of residence? If so, your card might not be approved. If you experience trouble using the card, contact Udemy Support and we can look into this for you.\n\n\nToo Many Attempts \/ Card Usage in 24 hours\n\nSome cards have usage limitations, and will automatically block payment attempts after a certain threshold has been reached.  If you’ve used your card a lot in the last 24 hours, try contacting your bank, or waiting until the next day to make a purchase.\n\nCVC Code\n\n\nOur payment processor only accepts numbers for this field.  Please ensure you are entering numbers and that the code is correct, as listed on the back of the card.\n\n\nRocketmail Email Addresses\n\nPayment attempts from Udemy accounts tied to a Rocketmail address will not be accepted by our system. Please try changing your email address to a non-Rocketmail domain and try again.\n\nCache Issues\n\n\nIf you're sure you're entering the right card number, but you’re seeing a notification it looks invalid, or the pay button isn't showing up, there may be a caching issue. Please clear your cache and try again. For instructions on how to clear your cache, please click here.\n\n\n\nStill Stuck?"
1304                ]
1305            }
1306        },
1307        {
1308            "TITLE": "How to Turn Closed Captions on and off on the Mobile App",
1309            "fields": {
1310                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115008504388-How-to-Turn-Closed-Captions-on-and-off-on-the-Mobile-App",
1311                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1312                    "Both the iOS and Android mobile app for Udemy support closed captions, provided they’ve been added to the course. This article outlines how you can turn closed captions on and off, while watching your course on the mobile app.",
1313                    "For information on how to find courses that have been closed captioned, or how to request closed captions for a course, please click here.",
1314                    "Turning Closed Captions on and off on the iOS App",
1315                    "If a course has been closed captioned, then you can turn the captions on or off on the iOS app, by following the steps below: ",
1316                    "1. Tap on the Settings icon at the top right hand of the screen to access the lecture options",
1317                    " ",
1318                    "2. Tap on Closed Captioning",
1319                    " ",
1320                    "3. Select English or any other available language for the captions",
1321                    " ",
1322                    "Turning Captions off on the iOS App",
1323                    "You can turn the closed captions off at anytime by following the steps outlined above, and then selecting Off.",
1324                    "Turning Closed Captions on and off on the Android App ",
1325                    "If a course has been closed captioned, then you can turn the captions on or off on the Android app, by following the steps below:",
1326                    "1. Tap the CC at the top right hand corner of the screen to access the Subtitle Languages options",
1327                    " ",
1328                    "2. Select English or any other available language for the captions",
1329                    "Turning Captions off on the Android App",
1330                    "You can turn the closed captions off at anytime by following the steps outlined above, and then selecting OFF.",
1331                    " ",
1332                    "How to Report Issues with Captions\nIf you experience issues enabling the captions, or are unsatisfied with the quality of the captions, please report it to our Support Team here."
1333                ]
1334            }
1335        },
1336        {
1337            "TITLE": "Instructor Account Notifications",
1338            "fields": {
1339                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115008393928-Instructor-Account-Notifications",
1340                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1341                    "Instructors receive several kinds of email notifications related to Udemy, their courses and messages they're sent by students. In addition, some notifications can be accessed in your account’s notification bell at the top of the page. This article outlines how you can edit your notification settings, and the different types of notifications you may receive.",
1342                    "Editing the Notification Settings for Your Instructor Account ",
1343                    "You can edit the notification settings for your Udemy account by following the steps below:",
1344                    "1. Move your cursor to the the top right-hand corner of the page",
1345                    "2. Click on My Profile and then Notifications on the left hand side",
1346                    "3. Select the notifications you wish to receive. Please note: if you want to receive instructor email notifications like the Daily Q&A Digest, or the New Student & Review Daily Digest, make sure to check the box next to Helpful resources and important updates related to being an instructor on Udemy.",
1347                    "4. If you don't wish to receive any emails from Udemy, then click on the box beside Don't send me any promotional emails.",
1348                    "Please note: if you check this box, you will not receive any instructor email notifications like the Daily Q&A Digest, the New Student & Review Daily Digest and lecture ready confirmations. In addition, you will not receive preview emails you request for your announcements or promotional emails.",
1349                    "Transactional emails, notifications for Q&A replies (not to be confused with the Daily Q&A Digest), and notifications for new direct messages you've been sent cannot be disabled.",
1350                    "5. After you have edited your notification settings, click Save",
1351                    " ",
1352                    "Editing the Notification Settings for a Specific Course",
1353                    "Instructors can also edit the notification settings for each of their courses, and select whether they wish to receive Lecture Ready Emails and the Daily Q&A Digest for a specific course.  ",
1354                    "First, make sure that the box is checked next to Helpful resources and important updates related to being an instructor on Udemy. Then to edit the notification settings for a specific course, please follow the steps below: ",
1355                    "Navigate to the course management page and click the Settings gear icon on the right\nNext, click Manage Email Notifications \nSelect the notifications you wish to receive for that course and click save\n\n\n ",
1356                    "For steps on how to edit the notification settings for a specific course you’re enrolled in as a student, please refer to this article. ",
1357                    "Notifications: Email vs. Onsite",
1358                    "Depending on an instructor’s notification settings, they will receive a variety of email notifications regarding Udemy, their courses and student activity. These email notifications will be sent to the email address that you have registered for your Udemy account.",
1359                    "Some of the notifications that instructors will receive emails for include:",
1360                    "new direct messages\nconfirmation that your promotional email or educational announcement is on its way\npromotional email and educational announcement previews\nlecture ready confirmations\nQ&A replies\nThe Daily Q&A Digest\nthe New Student and Review Digest\ncourse invitations to students (for private courses). \n\nIn addition, instructors are delivered various on-site notifications, which can be accessed in your account’s notification bell at the top of the page. Some of the on-site notifications that are posted include:",
1361                    "new questions and responses in the Q&A\ncomments on course announcements\nfeedback and responses for assignments\nconfirmation that your course has received auto-generated captions\n\nOnsite notifications are indicated by a red number that appears in the notification bell located at the top right of the page. By clicking on the bell, you will able to scroll through and click on the notification you wish to read."
1362                ]
1363            }
1364        },
1365        {
1366            "TITLE": "How to Create Assignments For Your Course",
1367            "fields": {
1368                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115008174307-How-to-Create-Assignments-For-Your-Course",
1369                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1370                    "The assignments feature provides instructors with a comprehensive way for students to apply the knowledge and skills they’ve gained in your course. With assignments, instructors can create various questions for students to answer regarding the course concepts. In addition, instructors can upload instructions and solutions in video format, and provide feedback on the completed assignments students submit. ",
1371                    "After students complete the assignment, they can compare their work with the instructor’s solutions, and receive feedback from their fellow students if they wish.",
1372                    "This article outlines how you can create assignments for your course, and in doing so, connect your students' new skills and knowledge with a real-world application. ",
1373                    "Creating an Assignment ",
1374                    "1. Navigate to the Curriculum page in your course management tools.",
1375                    "2. On the side, hover your cursor over the grey space within a section, where you want the assignment to be placed.",
1376                    "3. Click the + icon that appears and then Assignment. to begin creating the assignment.",
1377                    "4. Enter the assignment title and click Add Assignment.",
1378                    "Basic Info ",
1379                    "After you click on Add Assignment, you can enter the assignment’s basic information by moving your cursor to the assignment title and by clicking on the pencil icon.",
1380                    "The basic information includes the assignment’s title, a description, and the estimated time it will take for students to complete it (in minutes). Once you have entered the assignment’s basic information, click Save to proceed.",
1381                    "Instructions",
1382                    "On this page, you will enter the instructions for the assignment. The instructions can be in either video or text format. If you include both, the instructions in text will appear below the video. Students can add text, images, external links or code to their submissions. ",
1383                    "Please note that the instructions must be 65K characters or less. Images that are to be uploaded by a student for their submission most be smaller than 30 MB in size, and can be in .JPG, .PNG. or .BMP file format. ",
1384                    "The instructions should describe the activity, the purpose of the assignment, what your students need to do, and list any materials that are needed to complete it.  You can also upload any downloadable resources here that students can use to complete the assignment.",
1385                    "Questions",
1386                    "On the Questions page you will create the assignment’s questions. Each assignment must include at least one question. You can add as many questions as you'd like, but please consider that students will type their answers into a text box next to each question.",
1387                    "Once you have finished entering the question, click on Submit. Then, to create another question, click on Add more.",
1388                    "Please note that each assignment can have a maximum of 12 questions added to it.",
1389                    "After you’ve finished creating the assignment’s questions, click on Solutions on the left hand side of the page. ",
1390                    "Solutions",
1391                    "On the Solutions page can you can enter answers for the questions you’ve created, and upload a video for your students to view, where you discuss the assignment’s solution. In addition, downloadable resources can also be added to this page.",
1392                    "Please note that the solution for each question must be 65K characters or less. ",
1393                    "To enter text responses for the questions you’ve created, click on Add answer, which appears under the question. Once you’ve entered the solution, click Submit. ",
1394                    "Previewing and Publishing the Assignment",
1395                    "You can preview the assignment at anytime, to see how it will appear to your students, by clicking on Preview at the top right hand of the page. ",
1396                    "Once you have entered the assignment’s basic information, instructions, questions and solutions, you can publish the assignment by clicking on Publish to the left of the Preview icon. ",
1397                    "Editing the Assignment",
1398                    "If you need to edit the assignment after it’s been published, you can do so at anytime. On the course Curriculum page, move your cursor to the assignment, and then click on the pencil icon that appears beside the assignment’s title. ",
1399                    "Providing and Reviewing Feedback ",
1400                    "After a student has completed an assignment you will receive a notification. You can review their answers and provide feedback by following the steps below: ",
1401                    "1. Click on the notification in the notification dropdown menu at the top of the page, or you can also access the feedback options by navigating to your Instructor Dashboard, and clicking on Assignments.",
1402                    "2. Completed assignments that have been submitted will appear on this page. You can use  the various filter options on the left hand side to search through the completed assignments, based on the feedback type the assignment’s received (none, instructor only, student only or both), the sharing preference the student chose (instructor only or public), or newest to oldest, and vice versa.",
1403                    "3.Click on the assignment you wish to provide feedback for, and enter it in the Give Feedback section. Once you’ve entered your response, click on Submit.",
1404                    " ",
1405                    "Please note: currently assignments are not supported on the Udemy mobile app. Students can take and complete assignments by opening the lecture in a desktop or laptop computer. ",
1406                    "Instructors can create up to 100 assignments and 550 curriculum items in total per course (curriculum items include sections, lectures, quizzes, coding exercises, practice tests and assignments).",
1407                    "If you have any additional questions regarding how to create assignments, please contact Udemy Support."
1408                ]
1409            }
1410        },
1411        {
1412            "TITLE": "Create a Practice Test",
1413            "fields": {
1414                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115008041788-Create-a-Practice-Test",
1415                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1416                    "Practice Tests enable instructors to create comprehensive, long form simulated exams that students can use to assess their knowledge of a particular subject. Similar to Quizzes, Practice Tests are composed of multiple choice or multiple selection questions, but unlike Quizzes, Practice Tests can provide a longer, more robust assessment tool.",
1417                    "They are particularly useful for subjects when students are preparing for a final exam. Examples of these types of exams include the SAT, GMAT, ACT, or the various certification exams used in various professional industries like IT, Architecture, Finance, and Business.",
1418                    "Please note that due to the unique and proprietary nature of many practice tests, they can only be added to paid courses. Instructors can create up to 550 curriculum items for a course (sections, lectures, quizzes, coding exercises, practice tests and assignments).",
1419                    "In addition, instructors can create a new course, composed only of Practice Tests.  ",
1420                    "How to Add a Practice Test to Your Curriculum",
1421                    "To add a practice test for your course curriculum, follow the steps below:",
1422                    "1. Navigate to the Curriculum page of your course.",
1423                    "2. On the side, hover your cursor over the grey space within a section, where you want the practice test to be placed. Click the + icon that appears and then Practice Test.",
1424                    "3. Enter the practice test’s title, description, how much time students have to complete the exam, and the minimum score students must get in order to pass it. The option to randomize the order of questions and answers in the exam, can also be toggled on here. ",
1425                    "Once this information has been entered, click on Add Practice Test to proceed.",
1426                    "  ",
1427                    "The practice test will be added to your curriculum, and you can now begin adding questions to it. ",
1428                    "How to Add Questions to a Practice Test",
1429                    "Once you have added the practice test to your curriculum, you can add questions to it, by using either the Add Single Question or Batch Question Uploader options.  ",
1430                    "Please note: each practice test can include up to 250 questions",
1431                    "To begin, click on Questions on the right-hand side of the Practice Test icon. Next, you will be asked to select either the Add Single Question or Batch Question Uploader option.",
1432                    "Using the Add Single Question Option",
1433                    "Questions can be created and added to a practice test, one-by-one, by using the Add Single Question option.",
1434                    "After you click Add Single Question, you will be prompted to create either a Multiple Choice or Multiple Selection question. The questions in a multiple choice format have only one correct answer. In a multiple selection question, however, more than one correct answer can be selected.",
1435                    "Once you’ve selected the type of question you wish to create, follow these steps to complete it:",
1436                    "Enter the question \nCreate possible answers. You can write up to 15. \nSelect the correct answer(s) by clicking on the circle to the left \n\nEnter an explanation as to why that answer is the correct one. If you’re creating a Multiple Selection question, then outline why each answer is correct\n\n\nAdd a Knowledge Area (optional). If your practice test contains groups of questions that focus on certain sub-topics, you can create Knowledge Areas and add questions into them. After students complete the Practice Test, they will see their overall score, as well as their score in each Knowledge Area. \n\n\nClick Save\n\n\nAfter you’ve saved the question, you can add the next questions in the test by repeating the steps outlined above.",
1437                    "Using the Batch Question Uploader",
1438                    "The Bulk Question Uploader allows you to upload an existing set of questions into a Udemy Practice Test. To use the uploader, first download Udemy's Practice Test Question Template, and format your questions according to the document. A link to download the template will appear after you click on the Bulk Question Uploader option.",
1439                    "You can also access the template by clicking here. The template can be used for either Multiple Choice or Multiple Selection questions.",
1440                    "Please note: when entering your questions and answers into the document, be sure to use the exact same format that's on the template, in order to avoid uploading errors. ",
1441                    "Your completed document must retain the same number of columns on the template (even if they're not used)\nThe formatting for the column titles cannot differ from the formatting used in the template\nThe Question Type column must include the question type exactly as they're listed on the template. For example: multiple-choice must be written in the cell in this format with the hyphen and casing. \n\nOnce you’ve completed the template, return to the Bulk Question Uploader option in the Practice Test, and click on Upload CSV File.",
1442                    " ",
1443                    "Previewing the Test ",
1444                    "Once you’ve added questions to the Practice Test, you can see how the exam will appear to students, by clicking on Preview",
1445                    "Publishing the Practice Test",
1446                    "Once the practice test is created and the questions have been added, you can make it live in the course by clicking on Publish Practice Test.",
1447                    " ",
1448                    "Unpublishing a Practice Test",
1449                    "If you need to unpublish a practice test, you can do so by navigating to the course curriculum, and clicking the unpublish icon on the right hand side.",
1450                    "Please note: once a practice test has been published for a course it cannot be deleted. This is to ensure that students will always be able to access their practice test results. You can, however, unpublish the practice test, which will prevent new students who enroll in your course from taking it.",
1451                    "Publish a Practice Test-Only Course ",
1452                    "If you wish to create a course that only contains practice tests, follow these steps: ",
1453                    "Move your cursor to the Instructor dropdown menu at the top right hand of the page\n\n\nClick on Create a Course\n\n\nSelect the Practice Test option that appears\n\n\nFollow the steps outlined above to create your practice test(s) and publish your course \n\nPlease note: practice test-only courses must have a minimum of two practice tests in order to be published to the marketplace. This is to ensure that practice test-only courses are differentiated from other courses in the marketplace. A maximum of 6 practice test lectures can be added to practice test-only courses. Practice test-only courses do not offer a certificate of completion.",
1454                    "Practice Test FAQ",
1455                    "Do students have to finish the exam once they’ve started it? Or can they pause it and return to the practice test later?",
1456                    "If a student needs to leave during the practice test, or they decide they wish to work on something else and they exit the exam, the timer will automatically pause. When they’re ready to return to the practice test, the exam will resume where the student left off. ",
1457                    "Can students review their answers and see their final score? ",
1458                    "Yes. Students can review all the answers they’ve submitted by clicking on “Review Questions” after they’ve completed the exam. Their final score will also be posted after they complete the test. ",
1459                    "Can students take the practice test more than once?",
1460                    "Yes. Just like our quiz feature, students can go back and retake the practice exam as many times as they wish. ",
1461                    "Do students have to pass the practice test in order to receive their Certificate of Completion for the course?",
1462                    "No. As long as students complete the practice test, and all of the course’s curriculum items, they will receive a Certificate of Completion, even if they do not pass the exam. ",
1463                    "Do practice test-only courses offer a Certificate of Completion?",
1464                    "No. Currently courses that only include practice tests do not offer a Certificate of Completion.",
1465                    "Can students manually mark the practice test as complete?  ",
1466                    "No. Students must complete each question in the practice test before the system will record the exam as completed.",
1467                    "How many questions can an instructor add to a practice test? ",
1468                    "Each practice test can include up to 250 questions. "
1469                ],
1470                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1471                    "Do students have to finish the exam once they’ve started it? Or can they pause it and return to the practice test later?",
1472                    "Can students take the practice test more than once?",
1473                    "Do students have to pass the practice test in order to receive their Certificate of Completion for the course?",
1474                    "Do practice test-only courses offer a Certificate of Completion?"
1475                ]
1476            }
1477        },
1478        {
1479            "TITLE": "How to Adjust the Video Speed on the Mobile App",
1480            "fields": {
1481                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115007297187-How-to-Adjust-the-Video-Speed-on-the-Mobile-App",
1482                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1483                    "If you’re taking your Udemy courses on our mobile app, you can change the playback speed of video lectures if you wish. This article outlines how you can do so on Udemy's iOS and Android mobile apps.",
1484                    "Changing the Video Speed on the iOS App",
1485                    "If you're watching a course on the iOS app, and wish to change the video lecture speed, you can do so by following these steps:",
1486                    "1. Tap on the Settings icon at the top right hand of the screen to access the Lecture Options",
1487                    " 2. Next, tap on Playback Speed to see the various speeds that are available",
1488                    "3. Select the video speed you would like to use",
1489                    "Changing the Video Speed on the Android App",
1490                    "If you're watching a course on the Android app, and wish to change the video lecture speed, you can do so by following these steps:",
1491                    "1. The video speed option is located at the top right of the lecture screen and is set in the default speed of 1.0x",
1492                    "2.  Tap on it to select the video playback speed you want ",
1493                    "Please note that the playback speed will be saved, and you will not have to change the settings in the proceeding, video lectures.",
1494                    "If you have any additional questions regarding Udemy's iOS or Android app, please contact Udemy Support."
1495                ]
1496            }
1497        },
1498        {
1499            "TITLE": "Downloading Courses on Android",
1500            "fields": {
1501                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115006973308-Downloading-Courses-on-Android",
1502                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1503                    "If you plan on being disconnected from the internet, you can save individual lectures, sections, or an entire course for offline viewing on the Android mobile app.  Due to piracy concerns, you can only access a Udemy course within the app, since the downloaded offline content is encrypted. Once the course is fully downloaded, you can go to Ready offline course on the My Courses tab to start learning. ",
1504                    "Please note that practice activities like quizzes and practice tests, etc. cannot be downloaded and completed offline.",
1505                    "Download a Single LectureYou can download a single lecture from your Android device in a couple of ways:",
1506                    "1) From the Course Curriculum, tap on the download icon, which appears beside the lecture title.",
1507                    "2) Go to the lecture, tap the ellipses at the upper-right corner and choose Save for Offline.",
1508                    "After you download a lecture for offline viewing, the circle icon will turn red. If you decide to delete the saved lecture, then you can do so by tapping on the download icon. You can also find the Delete Offline content option in the lecture options.",
1509                    "For more information on how to delete saved lectures from your device, please refer to this article.",
1510                    "Download a Section for Offline Viewing",
1511                    "You can also select all the lectures in a particular section for download by tapping the download icon in the section title.",
1512                    "Download an Entire CourseIf you would like to save an entire course for offline viewing, please follow these steps:",
1513                    "1) Tap on the grey download icon, which appears near the top of the right hand side of the course curriculum",
1514                    "2) Next, tap on Download Course option",
1515                    "Once the lectures have been downloaded successfully for offline viewing, the grey download icons will turn red. ",
1516                    "Adjusting the Video Download Quality on the Android App\nTo set the video quality of lectures you want to download for offline viewing on the Android app, please follow these steps:",
1517                    "Open the Settings on the Udemy Android app\n\n\nTap on Video Download Quality\n\nSet the resolution you wish to watch on downloaded lectures. Please note: if your selected resolution is not available for a specific lecture, it will be downloaded in the closest available resolution.\n\n ",
1518                    "Download the Content to a SD External Card",
1519                    "If you have an Android device with limited internal storage, you can opt to save the offline content to the external memory card (mircoSD card).",
1520                    "Open Menu in the Udemy app\nOpen Settings\n\nToggle on the Download to SD card option\n\nClose the app\nRelaunch the app from the Home screen. Moving forward, the download content will be stored in your external SD card",
1521                    "Mobile Data Usage",
1522                    "To avoid unexpected data usage, we recommend downloading lectures to your device when it is is connected to Wifi:",
1523                    "On the Android app, please go to Menu > Settings > and toggle on the Download via Wi-Fi only option.",
1524                    "If you play downloaded lectures while your mobile data still is still turned on, the Udemy app will not use mobile data to load the video content. Some mobile data, however, may be used to load certain features in the background (About this course information, QA questions, etc) or initiate some server calls to update the course progress. As such, if you do not want to use any mobile data for the app, be sure to turn off the internet connection completely, or turn off mobile data usage for the Udemy app from the device’s system settings.",
1525                    "If you have any other questions regarding the mobile app, please contact Udemy Support."
1526                ]
1527            }
1528        },
1529        {
1530            "TITLE": "Accessing Your Student List",
1531            "fields": {
1532                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115006441847-Accessing-Your-Student-List",
1533                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1534                    "Accessing and reviewing your student list is an effective way to monitor the course progress of your students, and their correspondence history with you and the course. Each student list includes information about a student’s course consumption, questions they’ve asked or had answered, and when an instructor has corresponded with them.",
1535                    "How to Access Your Student List\nYou can access the student list via your Instructor Dashboard by following these steps:",
1536                    "Click on Instructor at the top right of the page, and select Instructor Dashboard from the dropdown menu\n\n\nOn the Instructor Dashboard, move your cursor to the Total Students box on the course icon\n\n\nClick on Go to Student List\n\n\nYou can also access the student list by clicking on Students on the left hand side of the Course Management page.",
1537                    "Student List Information\nThe student list for your course includes the following information (Note: See below for more information available when using the Export as CSV feature):",
1538                    "Name: The user name the student has selected for their Udemy account.",
1539                    "Enrolled: The date the student enrolled in your course.",
1540                    "Progress: The percentage of total published lectures in your course that the student has completed, or marked as complete.",
1541                    "Last Visited: The last date the student accessed and consumed content from the course. This will help you determine whether a student has been active in your your course recently or not.",
1542                    "Questions Asked: this total indicates how many questions a student has asked in the Q&A, and helps demonstrate which students may require more assistance.",
1543                    "Questions Answered: this number shows how many questions a student has answered in the Q&A, and helps identify students who are highly engaged in the course.",
1544                    "Last Messaged: the date posted here indicates the last time you’ve sent a message to a student, and will help you gauge whether you need to follow up with them or not.",
1545                    "Message: by clicking on this icon you will be directed to the Messages page, where you can write a new direct message for that student. The messaging tool will automatically add the student’s name as the recipient.",
1546                    "Our rules and guidelines for messaging students can be found here.",
1547                    "Why is a User Name on my Revenue Report But Not on the Student List?\nWhen a student receives your course as a Udemy gift, their username will be added to your student list, after they redeem the gift code and enroll in your course. The username of the gift purchaser, however, is listed in the purchase tab of your revenue report, and is not included on the student list (unless they purchased the course for themselves previously).",
1548                    "Export as CSV\nStudent list data is also available for Export to CSV. Click the Export as CSV button to automatically receive an email with a CSV spreadsheet file containing your Student List data.",
1549                    "The following columns of Student List data display only when the Export as CSV feature is used:Started Date: The date that students began viewing the course material (please note: this may be different from the Enrollment Date)Lecture Last Viewed: The video lecture that the student last visited in the course. This provides context about what a student last reviewed in your course, and can help you engage with them more effectively.",
1550                    "Udemy for Business: A column in the CSV titled Udemy for Business will indicate whether the student enrolled via the Udemy for Business content subscription program (Note: This information is also shown in the Student List web view, indicated by  a “Udemy for Business” tag next to the Student Name).",
1551                    " "
1552                ]
1553            }
1554        },
1555        {
1556            "TITLE": "Course Instructors and Teaching Assistants",
1557            "fields": {
1558                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115006197228-Course-Instructors-and-Teaching-Assistants",
1559                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1560                    "Udemy instructors work hard to provide students with high quality courses and compelling learning experiences. Depending on the course, it may have more than one instructor, as well as teaching assistants to help answer questions you may have.",
1561                    "Instructors",
1562                    "Udemy courses are created and overseen by experts in their respective fields. You can see who the instructors are for a course, and review information about them, by scrolling down to the “About The Instructor” section on the course landing page.",
1563                    "For information on how to send an instructor a message directly, please click here.",
1564                    "Teaching Assistants",
1565                    "Instructors can also add teaching assistants to their courses, who can help them with their course materials and respond to student questions in the Q&A.",
1566                    "Even though a Teaching Assistant’s profile may not appear on the course landing page, they are also experts in the course subject, and can provide accurate answers to your questions.",
1567                    " "
1568                ]
1569            }
1570        },
1571        {
1572            "TITLE": "Announcement and Promotional Email Analytics",
1573            "fields": {
1574                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115004428847-Announcement-and-Promotional-Email-Analytics",
1575                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1576                    "To help you craft compelling messages to engage your students, you can view performance analytics for new Announcements and Promotional Emails you send. These include:",
1577                    "Open rate, click-through rate, and unsubscribe rate for Promotional Announcements (now known as “Promotional Emails”)\n\n\nOpen rate, number of views of the announcement on the course taking dashboard, and unsubscribe rate for Educational Announcements (now known as “Announcements”)\n\nBenchmarks for these figures to help you understand how your performance stacks up\n\nPromotional Emails",
1578                    "As Promotional Emails are sent and received by students, new analytics figures will update in the Communications section of your course management page, under the Promotional Emails tab.",
1579                    "The Promotional Emails tab includes the following categories: ",
1580                    "Created: the date the Promotional Email was created will be posted here \n\nOpen Rate. This metric tells you the percentage of students who opened the email, out of all who received it. \nUnique CTR. Short for “Click-Through Rate,” out of all those who opened the email, this is the percentage of students who clicked on any of your Udemy course links you included in the announcement.\n\nUnsubscribe Rate. This is the percentage of students who received the email that unsubscribed from receiving these types of emails from you going forward. \n\nNote: For instructions on how to send a Promotional Email, please click here.  ",
1581                    "Announcements\nAfter you send Announcements to your students, the analytic figures will begin to update in the “Communications” section of your course management page, under the Announcements tab.",
1582                    "The Announcements tab includes the following categories:",
1583                    "Created: the date the Announcement was created will be posted here\n\nOpen Rate. This metric tells you the percentage of students who opened the email, out of all who received it.\nUnique Views. Since these Announcements are posted in the “Announcements” section in the course itself, this counts the number of unique students who viewed the Announcement within the course taking experience.\n\nUnsubscribe Rate. This is the percentage of students who received the email that unsubscribed from receiving these types of emails from you going forward.",
1584                    "Note: For more information on how to send an Announcement, please refer to this article. ",
1585                    " "
1586                ]
1587            }
1588        },
1589        {
1590            "TITLE": "Udemy for Business Content Subscription Program",
1591            "fields": {
1592                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115003648348-Udemy-for-Business-Content-Subscription-Program",
1593                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1594                    "Udemy for Business is Udemy’s B2B (business to business) learning solution. The Udemy for Business program empowers organizations to address their biggest workforce challenges, by engaging employees in skills training and development using Udemy courses. Today, some of the program’s customers include PayPal, Lyft, Barclays and Volkswagen, among others, and more are being added daily.",
1595                    "Udemy for Business offers a subscription package of 3,000 Udemy courses; chosen for their quality and relevance to a business audience. Instructors included in Udemy for Business benefit from unique brand visibility in front of a new business audience, and also gain an additional revenue stream.",
1596                    "For more information on Udemy for Business, and how you can enroll in the program, please read below.",
1597                    "How can Instructors get Involved With Udemy for Business?",
1598                    "Reach out to our team: If you believe you would be a good fit for Udemy for Business and would like your courses to be considered for the collection, please fill out this form.",
1599                    "Opt In: Make sure you’re opted into the Udemy for Business Content Subscription marketing program, so that your courses are eligible for inclusion. You can enroll in the program on your promotional agreements page.",
1600                    "How Does Udemy for Business Decide Which Courses are Selected for the Program?",
1601                    "Udemy for Business uses a number of criteria to determine which courses are add to the collection. First, instructors must be opted into the Udemy for Business program in order for their courses to be considered. Next, Udemy for Business sees a lot of value in using the power of the marketplace to assist with course selection. Accordingly, one of the primary ways the Udemy for Business team  chooses courses is based on student feedback, which is measured through recent course ratings. They then select the highest rated courses for the collection.",
1602                    "For more information on student reviews, and how to manage student feedback, please click here.",
1603                    "The Udemy for Business team also considers factors such as the course content’s demand with Udemy for Business customers, and their overall content strategy.",
1604                    "How Does the Revenue Share Work for the Udemy for Business Program? And How is it Reported on Instructor Revenue Reports?\nFor detailed information on how instructors are paid for their inclusion in the Udemy for Business Collection please click here.",
1605                    "Instructor revenue from the Udemy for Business program is added to the revenue report differently than other purchases. Udemy for Business revenue is added in the first week of the following month under the Udemy for Business tab on your revenue report. For example, your Udemy for Business revenue for the month of January, would appear in your January revenue report during the first week of February. ",
1606                    "If you have any additional questions regarding the Udemy for Business program, please contact ufbcontent@udemy.com."
1607                ],
1608                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1609                    "How can Instructors get Involved With Udemy for Business?",
1610                    "How Does Udemy for Business Decide Which Courses are Selected for the Program?"
1611                ]
1612            }
1613        },
1614        {
1615            "TITLE": "How to Create a Coding Exercise",
1616            "fields": {
1617                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115002883587-How-to-Create-a-Coding-Exercise",
1618                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1619                    "Coding exercises are an interactive tool you can add to your programming courses, so your students can get practical coding experience. Students can enter code directly onto the page and can run the function without switching programs or screens. The exercises also provide hints for students when they’ve made an entry error, so they can correct the mistake and proceed with their coding.",
1620                    "Currently coding exercises can be created for the following programming languages: C++, C#, HTML, JavaScript ES6, Java, PHP 5, PHP 7, Python 3, Ruby, Swift 3.",
1621                    "To add a coding exercise to your course curriculum, please follow the steps below:",
1622                    "1. Navigate to the Curriculum page of your course.",
1623                    "2. On the side, hover your cursor over the grey space within a section, where you want the exercise to be placed. Click the + icon that appears and then Coding Exercise.",
1624                    "3. Enter the exercise’s title and then click Add Coding Exercise.",
1625                    "4. Move your cursor to the exercise title and click on the pencil icon that appears to choose the programming language the students will use.",
1626                    "5. Enter the exercise you would like students to solve. For detailed information on how to create exercises for each language, please click here.",
1627                    "6. Check the exercise’s solution by clicking on Check Solution at the bottom right hand of the page.",
1628                    "7. If the solution is correct, click Save at the top right hand of the page. You can also preview the coding exercise by clicking on Preview.",
1629                    "Please note: coding exercises will only appear published in the curriculum of published courses. ",
1630                    "If the course is not published, then a checkmark will not appear beside the coding exercise when it's been added to the curriculum.",
1631                    "Instructors can create up to 550 curriculum items for a course (sections, lectures, quizzes, coding exercises, practice tests and assignments. "
1632                ]
1633            }
1634        },
1635        {
1636            "TITLE": "The SkillsFuture Credit Program: Commonly Asked Questions",
1637            "fields": {
1638                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115002373787-The-SkillsFuture-Credit-Program-Commonly-Asked-Questions",
1639                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1640                    "The SkillsFuture program allows Singapore students to learn new skills through taking Udemy courses, and in addition, you’re reimbursed for the course. The program is overseen by the SkillsFuture Singapore (SSG), and as a result, it is only open to eligible students in Singapore.",
1641                    "Below are some of the more commonly asked questions we receive regarding the SkillsFuture program.",
1642                    "How can I participate in the SkillsFuture program?",
1643                    "You can learn more about the SkillsFuture program and how you can participate via the program’s official site.",
1644                    "How do I know if a course is included in the SkillsFuture program?",
1645                    "For step-by-step information on how to find a course on the SkillsFuture website you can refer to the SkillsFuture user guide or this blog post regarding the program.",
1646                    "How can I request that a Udemy course be added the program?",
1647                    "The courses you see on the SkillsFuture site is a curated list by the Singaporean government, and only those courses are currently eligible for the SkillsFuture Program.",
1648                    "With that said, Udemy submits more courses to be reviewed and considered for approval by the SSG on the monthly basis. If there’s a Udemy course that you would like to be considered for the program, please contact Udemy Support to inform us of which one!",
1649                    "How do I receive credit \/ reimbursement for my SkillsFuture course?",
1650                    "Ensure that the course is eligible for Skillsfuture Credit at www.skillsfuture.sg\/credit. Once you have found a course in the program you would like to take, purchase the course on Udemy using your credit card or PayPal account. You can also purchase an approved course through the Udemy mobile app, using the Android or iOS app.\n\n\n\n\n Proceed to your Purchase History and download an e-receipt for the course purchase you made at Udemy.com. For steps on how to do this, please refer to this article. Please note that if you purchased the course using Udemy’s mobile app, you can access a receipt for the transaction via your Apple App Store or Google Play account.\n Submit a claim for course from your own SkillsFuture Account:\n\n\na) Login with SingPass at http:\/\/www.skillsfuture.sg\/credit\n\nb) Follow the instructions to submit a claim from the SkillsFuture portal.\n\nPlease wait for 7 to 14 days for the claim to be processed and deposited into your bank account, which is linked to your SingPass.",
1651                    "Please note that sometimes course titles may change. If you believe your course is included in the SkillsFuture program, but you were unable to get reimbursed because SkillsFuture couldn't find the course on their list, please contact Udemy Support.",
1652                    "What if I need a refund for a course in the SkillsFuture program?",
1653                    "Refund requests for courses approved in the SkillsFuture program are processed the same as all Udemy courses, and can can be submitted through Udemy Support. The Singapore Government and Udemy communicate regularly, however, to prevent fraudulent redemptions through the SkillsFuture program.",
1654                    "If you have any other questions regarding the SkillsFuture program please contact Udemy Support."
1655                ],
1656                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1657                    "How can I participate in the SkillsFuture program?",
1658                    "How do I know if a course is included in the SkillsFuture program?",
1659                    "How can I request that a Udemy course be added the program?",
1660                    "How do I receive credit \/ reimbursement for my SkillsFuture course?",
1661                    "What if I need a refund for a course in the SkillsFuture program?"
1662                ]
1663            }
1664        },
1665        {
1666            "TITLE": "Tax Information and FAQs",
1667            "fields": {
1668                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115002051247-Tax-Information-and-FAQs",
1669                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1670                    "In keeping with policies of other marketplaces, and in accordance with IRS reporting rules, Udemy does not issue 1099-MISCs to Instructors. To access your yearly earnings report, you can view your earnings directly from your PayPal or Payoneer account, by following the directions in the article below.",
1671                    "All Instructors are users of the Udemy platform. No matter the type of income you’re reporting, you are not considered an employee of Udemy. As such, you are not required to provide Udemy’s EIN (Employer Identification Number) on your tax return.",
1672                    "FAQs",
1673                    "Q: How can I see right now how much I made from Udemy last year?",
1674                    "A: The most reliable way to see how much you earned from Udemy over a given date range is to query your PayPal or Payoneer account for payments received from Udemy.",
1675                    "To do this for PayPal, please follow these steps:",
1676                    "Navigate to this link in your PayPal account (web platform required)\n\nSelect the date range for your query (i.e. 01\/01\/18 start to 12\/31\/18 of the calendar year)\nFilter by Transaction Type “Payments Received”\nAdd “Udemy” as an additional filter\nSee query results for payment sum (see image below)",
1677                    "To do this for Payoneer, please follow these steps:",
1678                    "Log into Payoneer.\n\nFrom the Main page, select Activity from the toolbar and select Transactions from the drop-down menu.\n\nUsing the date filter for transactions, select the date range you want to select (i.e. 01\/01\/18 start to 12\/31\/18 of the calendar year).\n\nUse the Search tool to query Udemy to display only transactions from Udemy.\n\nYou can export the report as a .csv, .pdf, or print directly from this page using the designated icons on the toolbar at the top of the transaction report.\n\nSteps on how to access your payment history in your Payoneer account can also be viewed in this video.",
1679                    "Q: Isn't a Form 1099-MISC required to file my taxes?",
1680                    "A: No. You are obligated to report income you receive, whether or not that income is reported on IRS Form 1099-MISC or any other tax report.",
1681                    "Q: Can someone at Udemy help me figure out how to declare my income?",
1682                    "A: Udemy is not able to provide you with any tax advice. As every person's situation is different, we recommend that you consult your own tax advisor.",
1683                    "Q: Does Udemy need to issue my 1099-MISC?",
1684                    "A:  For payments made through third party networks like PayPal and Payoneer, it is the responsibility of these payment processors themselves to issue any tax forms. Other platforms like TaskRabbit and Uber follow this practice. PayPal and Payoneer only issue Form 1099-K to payees who received over $20,000 and more than 200 transactions in a given year. Udemy pays instructors twelve times a year, so payments from Udemy alone would not qualify you to receive this form from PayPal or Payoneer.",
1685                    "Q: Will I have to fill out a Form W-9 if Udemy is not issuing my Form 1099-MISC?",
1686                    "A: Udemy is required by the IRS to collect Form W-9 (US Instructors) and Form W-8BEN (non-US Instructors). Instructors earning revenue from Udemy will need to fill out the appropriate form.",
1687                    "Use the upload tool below to share your tax documents with Udemy. Files you upload through this Tax Document Uploader are subject to our Privacy Policy."
1688                ],
1689                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1690                    "Q: How can I see right now how much I made from Udemy last year?",
1691                    "Q: Isn't a Form 1099-MISC required to file my taxes?",
1692                    "Q: Can someone at Udemy help me figure out how to declare my income?",
1693                    "Q: Does Udemy need to issue my 1099-MISC?",
1694                    "Q: Will I have to fill out a Form W-9 if Udemy is not issuing my Form 1099-MISC?"
1695                ]
1696            }
1697        },
1698        {
1699            "TITLE": "Requesting a W-9 For Your Course Purchase",
1700            "fields": {
1701                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115001028667-Requesting-a-W-9-For-Your-Course-Purchase",
1702                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1703                    "If you purchased a course or courses on behalf of a company you work for, and would like to get a copy of Udemy's W-9, you can download our W-9 by clicking here. But, please keep in mind that Udemy is an incorporated business and accordingly exempt from 1099s.",
1704                    "Also please note that when you purchase a course on our marketplace, you are getting a personal license to courses. For a business license, please use our Udemy for Business product here: https:\/\/business.udemy.com\/"
1705                ]
1706            }
1707        },
1708        {
1709            "TITLE": "Primary Topics: Quickly Provide Key Information About Your Course",
1710            "fields": {
1711                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115000371028-Primary-Topics-Quickly-Provide-Key-Information-About-Your-Course",
1712                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1713                    "Selecting topics for your course is a quick way to report additional information about it, so that prospective students can locate it faster and easier. By adding topics to your course, you can provide the Udemy team with more specific information than what’s presented via categories and subcategories, so that we can surface it to interested students more effectively.",
1714                    "Please note: currently the Primary Topics feature is only available for courses that are public (not private). For instructions on how to adjust the privacy setting of a course, click here. ",
1715                    "Choosing The Right Topics For Your Course\nWhen deciding on what topics should be chosen for your course, we recommend you consider what’s primarily taught in it.  Each individual topic chosen should comprehensively describe your course’s content without being too broad. For example, “The Complete Tennis Course” should have “Tennis” selected as a topic, but not “Sports”, since the latter is too broad and not specific enough. Or if the course is related to “Finance”, and includes extensive information about financial modelling, then we would recommend adding “Financial Modelling” as a topic.",
1716                    "How to Add Topics to Your New Courses \nIf you’re creating a new course, then you will need select topics for it, before you can submit the course for review. To add up to four topics to your draft course, please follow the steps below:",
1717                    "Click on the draft course from your Instructor Dashboard\n\n\nClick on Course Landing Page on the left hand side\n\nScroll down to the Topics section\nTopic selections will have been proactively generated based off the course title. If you wish to remove one of the topics that has been suggested, however, you can do so by clicking on the X. You can select a new topic by clicking on Choose a Topic. If the topic you type doesn’t automatically populate, you can still enter it by clicking on propose a new topic below. Please note: the propose a new topic feature is not currently available for non-English courses, but will be added in the future.\nSelect the topic that is most representative of your course. This is the topic you spend the most time covering in your course, from the primary topics that have been selected for the course. If you think your course has multiple, equally representative topics, however, you can check the box below indicating this, and our review team will evaluate if there are, indeed, two equally representative main topics. Please note that this will trigger an additional review and will delay course approval.\n\nClick Save at the top right or bottom of the page\n\nYour topic selections will be reviewed, along with the rest of your course content, when you submit the completed course for review.",
1718                    "Primary Topics: Commonly Asked Questions\nDo I have to choose four topics for my course?",
1719                    "No. Instructors can select up to four topics for a course, but you’re not required to select four if you don’t feel four are applicable. Topics that are selected should be relevant to the course subject, and should provide a comprehensive insight into its content. Adding irrelevant or excessive topics will result in your course being misrepresented to students, and could lead to a poor learning experience for them and negative reviews.",
1720                    "Can I create a primary topic for my course if it doesn’t already exist as an option?",
1721                    "Yes. You can propose a new topic that doesn’t currently exists as an option. Once you submit your topic selections or your new course for review, the Quality Review Team will approve the selection if it’s applicable to the course.",
1722                    "Please note: the propose a new topic feature is not currently available for non-English courses, but will be added in the future.",
1723                    "Can I add any topic that I want?",
1724                    "As noted above, while you can propose a topic if it’s not currently listed as an option, our Quality Review Team will only approve a topic if it’s applicable to your course.",
1725                    "After I’ve selected the course topics, can I change a topic at a later date?",
1726                    "If you wish to select different topics for your courses in the future, please contact Udemy Support to submit the new topic proposals.",
1727                    " "
1728                ],
1729                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1730                    "Primary Topics: Commonly Asked Questions\nDo I have to choose four topics for my course?",
1731                    "Can I create a primary topic for my course if it doesn’t already exist as an option?",
1732                    "Can I add any topic that I want?",
1733                    "After I’ve selected the course topics, can I change a topic at a later date?"
1734                ]
1735            }
1736        },
1737        {
1738            "TITLE": "Assignments: Apply Your Knowledge and Improve the Skills You’ve Learned With Udemy!",
1739            "fields": {
1740                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115000340668-Assignments-Apply-Your-Knowledge-and-Improve-the-Skills-You-ve-Learned-With-Udemy-",
1741                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1742                    "Udemy assignments are a great way to apply your knowledge and improve the skills you’ve learned, without exiting the course! If you wish, you can also learn from fellow students by receiving feedback on your assignments, or by sharing your thoughts on theirs.",
1743                    "Completing an Assignment\nAssignments are posted in the curriculum of the course. Just like lectures, you can begin an assignment by clicking on it in the curriculum accessible from the left hand side in the video player, or on the course dashboard in the Course Content section.",
1744                    "Please note: currently assignments are not supported on the mobile app. To take and complete an assignment, open the lecture in a desktop or laptop computer.",
1745                    "Once you have clicked on the assignment you will see the assignment title, and the amount of time the instructor thinks it will take for you to complete it. This will give you a quick indication of whether you have enough time to complete the assignment now, or return to it later. In addition, the assignment feature comes with a “save draft” option, so if you run out of time, you can save what you’ve entered and finish the assignment later. You can begin the assignment by clicking on Start Assignment in the bottom right hand corner of the screen.",
1746                    "Once you have begun the assignment, you can proceed through each section by clicking on Next at the bottom right of the page, or on the section title at the top.",
1747                    "Each assignment includes the following sections:",
1748                    "Instructions\nIn the instructions section the instructor will outline what the assignment entails and what you will need to do to complete it. If the instructor has included any additional resources for you to refer to, they will also be included on this page.",
1749                    "Once you’re ready to complete your assignment, click on Submission at the top of the page, or Next at the bottom right.",
1750                    "Submission\nThe submission section is where you can enter your answers or add the content (image, code or external link) that the assignment requires. If at any point you want to save your assignment, and return to it at a later time, click on Save Draft at the bottom left hand of the page. What you have completed thus far will be saved.",
1751                    "Please note that the submission for each question must be 65K characters or less. Images that are to be uploaded to a submission most be smaller than 30 MB in size, and can be in .JPG, .PNG or .BMP file format.",
1752                    "Once your assignment is finished, you can select whether you want to share it with your fellow students. If you click on the share with my fellow students box, then students will be able to post feedback on your assignment.",
1753                    "If you have saved your submission as a draft and haven’t submitted it yet, you can return to it at anytime by clicking on Submission at the top.",
1754                    "If your assignment is finished and you’re ready to submit it to the instructor then click on Submit at the bottom left of the page. Please note: once your assignment has been submitted it cannot be edited.",
1755                    "To advance from the submission page to the instructor’s example, click on Instructor Example at the top of the page. If you need to review the instructions again, however, then simply click on Instructions at the top left.",
1756                    "Instructor Example\nOn the Instructor Example page you can review the answers or solution the instructor has posted, and compare it to your own.",
1757                    "If you haven’t submitted your assignment, you can return to it by clicking on Submission at the top, or Add your Answer at the bottom of the page.",
1758                    "Give Feedback\nReviewing another student’s work and providing your feedback will likely improve your own understanding of the course. On this page you can provide feedback on the assignments of up to three other students, who have chosen to share their work.",
1759                    "Completing Your Assignment And Viewing Feedback\nOnce you have submitted your assignment, and you have navigated through each section to the Give Feedback page, the assignment will be marked as complete with a gray checkmark.",
1760                    "Please note that assignments cannot be unmarked as complete.",
1761                    "After the course instructor or other students post feedback on your assignment (if you have opted to share it with them), you will receive a notification from Udemy. The notification will include a link to the summary page that features the feedback.",
1762                    "Once feedback has been posted on your assignment, you can also review it at anytime, by returning to the assignment and clicking on Go to Summary at the bottom.",
1763                    " ",
1764                    "Commonly Asked Questions\nHow can I tell if a course includes assignments?",
1765                    "If an instructor has included assignments in the course then this will be indicated on the course landing page.",
1766                    "Do I need to submit the assignment in order to complete the course?",
1767                    "No. You do not need to submit the assignment in order to receive a certificate of completion after you’ve finished the rest of the course.",
1768                    "Is the instructor required to post feedback on my assignment?",
1769                    "No. While we encourage instructors to engage with students when possible, they are not required to post feedback on your assignment. Just remember that you can also review the instructor’s own answers, examples or solutions for the assignment in the Instructor Example section.",
1770                    "Can I redo my assignment once I’ve submitted it?",
1771                    "No. Once an assignment has been submitted to the instructor it cannot be edited or redone. You can, however, go back and review what you submitted as well as the instructor’s solutions.",
1772                    "Do I need to provide feedback on other student’s assignments?",
1773                    "No. You’re not required to share your assignment with your fellow students or provide feedback on theirs.",
1774                    " "
1775                ],
1776                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1777                    "Commonly Asked Questions\nHow can I tell if a course includes assignments?",
1778                    "Do I need to submit the assignment in order to complete the course?",
1779                    "Is the instructor required to post feedback on my assignment?",
1780                    "Can I redo my assignment once I’ve submitted it?",
1781                    "Do I need to provide feedback on other student’s assignments?"
1782                ]
1783            }
1784        },
1785        {
1786            "TITLE": "Estácio Student - Online Courses FAQ",
1787            "fields": {
1788                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115000312327-Est%C3%A1cio-Student-Online-Courses-FAQ",
1789                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1790                    "This article includes some of the frequently asked questions we receive regarding Udemy’s partnership with the Brazilian higher education organization, Estacio.",
1791                    "Questions for Estacio",
1792                    "If you have questions regarding Estacio credits for your courses, or your degree, please refer to this article, or contact Estacio directly via 4003-7788 or their official site.  ",
1793                    "FAQ for Udemy",
1794                    "I am having video issues while watching my course. Who can help me?",
1795                    "If you’re encountering issues while viewing the course videos, please refer to this help center article, which includes various ways to resolve video playback problems. If you’re still unable to resolve the issue, please contact Udemy Support. ",
1796                    "I can’t access my Certificate of Completion. Who can help me?",
1797                    "Steps on how to access your Certificate of Completion are outlined in this article. If you’re still unable to generate your certificate, please contact Udemy Support.",
1798                    "Please note that Certificates of Completion are not available for free courses in Brazil.",
1799                    "I don’t see a course in my account. Can Udemy help? ",
1800                    "Yes. There are several tips on how to locate missing courses outlined in this article.  ",
1801                    "If you purchased a course using Boleto Bancário, please note that it takes between 3 and 7 days for the payment to be processed. Please refer to this article for more information about boleto purchases. ",
1802                    "If you still can’t locate your course, please contact Udemy Support.",
1803                    "What can I do if I’ve lost the password for my Udemy account? ",
1804                    "If you’ve lost your password, or are having issues logging into your Udemy account, you can follow the steps outlined in this article to reset your password. If you’re still unable to login, please reach out to Udemy Support. ",
1805                    "I’m having trouble purchasing courses on Udemy. Who can help me?",
1806                    "If you've encountered an error while attempting to purchase a course, then one of the troubleshooting steps in this article, could resolve the issue. If you still need assistance, however, please contact Udemy Support. We will be happy to help.",
1807                    "How can I request a refund?",
1808                    "You can request a refund by following the steps outlined in this article, or by contacting Udemy Support.",
1809                    "If you purchased a course using Boleto Bancário, however, please contact our support team, who will refund the course purchase price by issuing Udemy Credits directly to your Udemy account."
1810                ],
1811                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1812                    "I am having video issues while watching my course. Who can help me?",
1813                    "I can’t access my Certificate of Completion. Who can help me?",
1814                    "I’m having trouble purchasing courses on Udemy. Who can help me?",
1815                    "How can I request a refund?"
1816                ]
1817            }
1818        },
1819        {
1820            "TITLE": "How to Adjust Video Quality on the Mobile App",
1821            "fields": {
1822                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115000247508-How-to-Adjust-Video-Quality-on-the-Mobile-App",
1823                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1824                    "If you’re watching your Udemy courses on either the iOS or Android app, you can quickly adjust the video quality of the lecture to a higher or lower resolution, depending on your needs. In addition, you can also adjust the quality of the videos that you wish to download for offline viewing.",
1825                    "This article outlines how you can do this on both the Android and iOS app. If you haven’t downloaded the Udemy mobile app, you can do so by clicking here.",
1826                    "How to Adjust the Video Quality for Lectures on the iOS App\nIf you’re watching your Udemy courses on the iOS mobile app and wish to change the video quality of the lecture, you can quickly do so by following these steps:",
1827                    "Tap on the lecture options icon at the top right hand of the screen\nTap on Video Quality\nSelect either 360p, 480p, 720p, 1080p or Auto for the video resolution\n\nPlease note: if you want to watch the video in the best resolution possible, select 1080p. If you’re in an area with a weak Wifi connection or cellular signal, however, you may want to choose a lower resolution. If you select “auto”, then the app will automatically select the resolution based on the internet bandwidth that’s available.",
1828                    " ",
1829                    "Adjusting the Video Download Quality on the iOS App",
1830                    "To set the video quality of lectures you want to download for offline viewing on the iOS app, please follow these steps:",
1831                    "Tap on the Account icon at the bottom right hand of your My Courses screen\nNext, tap on Video Options, and then Video download quality\n\nSet the resolution you wish to watch on downloaded lectures",
1832                    " ",
1833                    "How to Adjust the Video Quality for Lectures on the Android App",
1834                    "If you’re watching your Udemy courses on the Android mobile app and wish to change the video quality of the lecture, you can quickly do so by following these steps:",
1835                    "At the top of the screen the video quality is posted to the left of CC \nTap on that number and you will be able to select 720p, 360p or “Auto” for the video resolution.\n\nIf you wish to watch the lecture in HD resolution then select 720p. If you’re in an area with a slow Wifi or cellular connection, however, then you may wish to select 360p to avoid buffering. If you select “auto”, then the app will automatically select the resolution based on the internet bandwidth that’s available.",
1836                    " ",
1837                    "Adjusting the Video Download Quality on the Android App\nTo set the video quality of lectures you want to download for offline viewing on the Android app, please follow these steps:",
1838                    "Open the Settings on the Udemy Android app \nTap on Video download quality\nSet the resolution you wish to watch on downloaded lectures",
1839                    "If you have any additional questions regarding Udemy's iOS or Android app, please contact Udemy Support. "
1840                ]
1841            }
1842        },
1843        {
1844            "TITLE": "What is Boleto Bancário and How do I Pay With It?",
1845            "fields": {
1846                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/115000095767-What-is-Boleto-Banc%C3%A1rio-and-How-do-I-Pay-With-It-",
1847                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1848                    "Boleto Bancário is one of the most popular online\/offline payment methods in Brazil that allows you to pay for Udemy courses.",
1849                    "You can pay using Boleto Bancário through the checkout flow on our site at www.udemy.com. When you pay with Boleto Bancário, you can either visit a bank or retail outlet to make the cash payment, or pay via your online banking account. Payment can take a little while to go through – generally 3 to 7 days from the date of payment; as such, there will be a delay between the date of payment and the date the course will show up in your account.",
1850                    "All refunds are subject to Udemy’s 30-day money back guarantee. In the event you would like to get a refund for a course purchased using Boleto Bancário, please contact our support team, who will refund the course purchase price by issuing Udemy Credits directly to your Udemy account.",
1851                    "We recommend paying the boleto within 5 days to prevent it from expiring. If the boleto expires, however, you can get another one for the course or use a different payment method to purchase it.",
1852                    "For any additional information about Boleto Bancário, click here, for any questions or concerns, please contact our support team."
1853                ]
1854            }
1855        },
1856        {
1857            "TITLE": "Purchasing a Udemy Course With a Boleto Bancario",
1858            "fields": {
1859                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/236358088-Purchasing-a-Udemy-Course-With-a-Boleto-Bancario",
1860                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1861                    "In addition to major credit cards and our mobile apps, Brazilian students can purchase Udemy courses using a Boleto Bancario. This article outlines how you can use a boleto to purchase a course, and includes some of the more commonly asked questions regarding this process.",
1862                    "How to Purchase a Single Course With a Boleto\nOnce you have found a Udemy course you wish to purchase, and you’ve proceeded to the course landing page, please follow these steps to enroll using a boleto:",
1863                    "Click on “Take This Course”, which appears on the right hand side of the course landing page\nClick on “Boleto” and then “Pay With Boleto Bancario”\nConfirm that you wish to pay using a boleto\nReview the Boleto terms at the bottom of the page\nClick on “Finalize Payment” and you will be directed to the bank owned page to receive your boleto\nEnter your CPF number and name.\nA boleto will be displayed on a separate window with the payment details.\n\nThe boleto can be taken to a bank for payment or paid online via internet banking. You can also take the boleto to a retail outlet and make a cash payment. You can print the boleto by clicking on print under the File tab, or you can also take a screenshot of it and print it later. If your boleto is still pending, and you need to download it later, you can do so by navigating to your purchase history and clicking Download.\n\nOnce you have paid for the boleto the course will appear in your My Courses, and you will be able to access the course content. Please note: generally it may take 3 - 7 days for Udemy to receive confirmation that the boleto was paid.\n\nPlease note: We recommend paying the boleto within 5 days to prevent it from expiring. If the boleto expires, however, you can get another one for the course or use a different payment method to purchase it.",
1864                    "How to Purchase Courses in Your Shopping Cart With a Boleto\nTo purchase the courses you’ve added to your shopping cart using a Boleto Bancario, please follow these steps: ",
1865                    "Add courses to your shopping cart by clicking on “Add to Cart” \nOnce you’re ready to purchase the courses, click on “Go to Cart” and then “Checkout”\nSelect “Pay with Boleto Bancario”\nReview the Boleto terms at the bottom of the page \nClick on “Finalize Payment” and you will be directed to the bank owned page to receive your boleto\nEnter your CPF number and name.\nA boleto will be displayed on a separate window with the payment details. \n\nThe boleto can be taken to a bank for payment or paid online via internet banking. You can also take the boleto to a retail outlet and make a cash payment. You can print the boleto by clicking on print under the File tab, or you can also take a screenshot of it and print it later. If your boleto is still pending, and you need to download it later, you can do so by navigating to your purchase history and clicking Download.\n\nOnce you have paid for the boleto the course will appear in your My Courses, and you will be able to access the course content. Please note: generally it may take 3 - 7 days for Udemy to receive confirmation that the boleto was paid.\n\nPlease note: We recommend paying the boleto within 5 days to prevent it from expiring. If the boleto expires, however, you can get another one for the course or use a different payment method to purchase it.",
1866                    "For additional information on how to use the shopping cart, please refer to this article.",
1867                    "Accessing The Boleto in Your Purchase History",
1868                    "If you need to download the boleto again for your course purchase, you can also access it in your Purchase History, by following the steps below: ",
1869                    "Navigate to your account avatar at the top right hand of the page\nClick on Purchase History from the dropdown menu\nClick on Download to the right of Boleto Bancario, which will appear under Payment Type\nYou will be redirected from Udemy and asked to confirm your CPF\nClick Validate and you will proceed to the original payment page\nClick Boleto Bancario and the boleto will generate again\nYou can print the boleto by clicking on print under the File tab. The boleto can then be taken to a bank for payment or paid online via internet banking.\n\nPlease note: we suggest paying the boleto within 5 business days to avoid it expiring.",
1870                    "Accessing Your Course After Purchasing With a Boleto \nAfter you’ve purchased a course by using Boleto Bancario as the payment option, we recommend paying the boleto within 5 days to prevent it from expiring.  Once you have paid the boleto the course will appear in your My Courses page, and you will be able to access the course itself.  You will receive an email confirming that the boleto was paid and that you now have access to the course.",
1871                    "Please note: it may take 3 - 7 days for Udemy to receive confirmation that your boleto has been paid.",
1872                    "Commonly Asked Questions",
1873                    "I paid my boleto today but I still can’t access my course. What can I do?",
1874                    "It generally may take 3-7 days for Udemy to receive confirmation that your boleto has been paid, after you have submitted a payment. For example, if you received the boleto on 1\/3\/16, and you paid the boleto on 1\/5\/16, then you should get access to the course between 1\/8\/16 and 1\/12\/16. If it’s been longer than 3 -7 days, and you still can’t access the course, please contact Udemy Support.",
1875                    "How long will it take for my boleto payment to be processed? ",
1876                    "Generally it may take 3 - 7 days for Udemy to receive confirmation that your boleto has been paid.",
1877                    "I want a refund and I paid via boleto; how will it be sent?",
1878                    "In the event you would like to get a refund for a course purchased using Boleto Bancário, please contact our support team, who will refund the course purchase price by issuing Udemy Credits directly to your Udemy account. Please note that a refund request can only be submitted if the boleto for the course has been paid.",
1879                    "I changed my mind, I would like to purchase the course with a different payment method. Can I do that?",
1880                    "Yes. If you have not paid the boleto yet, then you can purchase the course using a credit card. You can also purchase a course via our mobile app. If you purchase the course using another payment method, then simply do not pay the boleto that you submitted for the course initially.",
1881                    "I have two boletos for the same course; what should I do?",
1882                    "If you have issued two boletos for the same course, but have paid for one of them, then no further action is required. You will be able to access the course.  ",
1883                    "If you haven’t paid for either boleto, however, then you will be unable to start the course until you have paid for one of them. Once you have paid one boleto then you can ignore the other one.",
1884                    "If you have paid for two boletos for the same course, however, then please contact Udemy Support to initiate a refund. The course purchase price will be refunded by issuing Udemy Credits directly to your Udemy account.",
1885                    "Can I choose the due date for my boleto?",
1886                    "No. Once you have issued a Boleto Bancario for the course we recommend paying the boleto within 5 days to prevent it from expiring. If the boleto expires, however, you can get another one for the course or use a different payment method to gain access to the course.",
1887                    "Can I pay my boleto after its due date?",
1888                    "No. We recommend paying the boleto within 5 days to prevent it from expiring. If the boleto expires, however, you will need to get another one for the course or use a different payment method to purchase it.",
1889                    "I didn't pay my boleto in time; can I still pay for a course with another boleto?",
1890                    "Yes. We recommend paying the boleto within 5 days to prevent it from expiring. If the boleto expires, however, you can get another one for the course.",
1891                    "Can I pay in multiple installments with a boleto?",
1892                    "No. The course price must be paid in full when you pay for the boleto.",
1893                    "Do I need to provide proof that the Boleto is paid so you can add the course to my account?No. After the Boleto is paid it will take 3-7 business days for the course to be delivered to your Udemy account. Unfortunately, this cannot be expedited.",
1894                    "If I provide proof that the Boleto was paid, can you add the course to my account?No. The course you purchased with a Boleto is added to your Udemy account automatically after we receive confirmation from our payment processor that the Boleto was paid. After you paid the Boleto, it will take between 3-7 business for the course to be delivered to your Udemy account.",
1895                    "If you paid the Boleto over 7 business days ago, but you still don't see the course under your Udemy account, please contact Support and provide a receipt showing that the Boleto was paid.",
1896                    "I paid my Boleto over 7 business days ago, but I still don't have the course in my account. What should I do?If you paid the Boleto over 7 days ago, but you still don't see the course under your Udemy account, please contact Support and provide a receipt showing that the Boleto was paid."
1897                ],
1898                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1899                    "I paid my boleto today but I still can’t access my course. What can I do?",
1900                    "I want a refund and I paid via boleto; how will it be sent?",
1901                    "I changed my mind, I would like to purchase the course with a different payment method. Can I do that?",
1902                    "I have two boletos for the same course; what should I do?",
1903                    "Can I choose the due date for my boleto?",
1904                    "Can I pay my boleto after its due date?",
1905                    "I didn't pay my boleto in time; can I still pay for a course with another boleto?",
1906                    "Can I pay in multiple installments with a boleto?"
1907                ]
1908            }
1909        },
1910        {
1911            "TITLE": "Merging Accounts",
1912            "fields": {
1913                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/236097968-Merging-Accounts",
1914                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1915                    "If you've accidentally created two Udemy accounts, we can merge them together for you. In the process, your course progress and purchase history will be transferred. Please note, however, that private messages and bookmarks will not be transferred. Be sure to save any important information you wish to keep before proceeding with the process.",
1916                    "In order to merge your accounts, we will need to verify that you are the account holder of both accounts. Please initiate the merge account process by submitting a support ticket here.",
1917                    "Unfortunately, we are unable to merge Udemy for Business accounts. If you are an instructor, and wish to merge accounts, please contact our Support team."
1918                ]
1919            }
1920        },
1921        {
1922            "TITLE": "Refund Status: Common Questions",
1923            "fields": {
1924                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/235652488-Refund-Status-Common-Questions",
1925                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1926                    "Udemy wants you to be satisfied with the course you enroll in, and as a result, course purchases can be refunded within 30 days. If you have already requested a refund, but are wondering about the refund status, then please read our commonly asked questions below.",
1927                    "For more information on our refund policy, or how to make a refund request, please click here.",
1928                    "What is the difference between a refund and a purchase reversal?",
1929                    "Most refunds that are processed within 24 hours of a purchase are processed as reversals.  What this means is that the original charge will be removed from your bank or credit card statement, usually within 5 business days. If it is a reversal, then you will not see the refunds credited back to your account, since they were never withdrawn. If you still see the charge after 5 business days, however, please contact Udemy Support.",
1930                    "I requested a refund more than 10 business days ago, but I still do not see it in my bank account. Where is my refund?",
1931                    "While most refunds process within 5-10 business days, depending on your financial institution, some refunds may not post to your account for up to 30 days.  If it has been more than 10 business days since the refund was processed by Udemy, however, please contact your bank directly to inquire about the status of the refund.  If the bank does not see the refund in their records, please contact Udemy Support.",
1932                    "I requested a refund for a course I purchased using PayPal, but I still don’t see my funds?",
1933                    "If you purchased a course using PayPal, then typically it takes 3-5 business days for the refund to be processed and for the money to become available in your PayPal balance. If you have not received your refund after 5 business days, however, please contact Paypal support.",
1934                    "If Paypal does not see a refund in their records then please contact Udemy Support.",
1935                    "It has been more than 30 days since I requested my refund but I haven’t received it yet.  What do I do now?",
1936                    "If it has been more than 30 days since you requested a refund, and you still haven’t received it, then please contact Udemy Support.",
1937                    " ",
1938                    "If you have any additional questions regarding the status of your refund, please contact Udemy Support."
1939                ],
1940                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1941                    "What is the difference between a refund and a purchase reversal?",
1942                    "I requested a refund more than 10 business days ago, but I still do not see it in my bank account. Where is my refund?",
1943                    "I requested a refund for a course I purchased using PayPal, but I still don’t see my funds?",
1944                    "It has been more than 30 days since I requested my refund but I haven’t received it yet.  What do I do now?"
1945                ]
1946            }
1947        },
1948        {
1949            "TITLE": "Practice Test FAQs",
1950            "fields": {
1951                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/231954647-Practice-Test-FAQs",
1952                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1953                    "Are you ready to pass the certification exam you’ve been studying for? Find out by testing yourself with Udemy’s new practice test feature. The practice tests provide an entire exam’s worth of questions, enabling you to confirm your mastery and providing you with the confidence you’ll need to take your certification exam.",
1954                    "The practice test are timed, so you’ll know when you’re taking more time than the official test allows, and at the end of the test you’ll receive a personal breakdown of the questions you answered correctly and incorrectly to help you continually improve. You’ll also be able to see an explanation for each question at the end of the test to help you avoid making the same mistakes when taking the exam.",
1955                    "Here are some of the frequently asked questions we expect from students regarding this new and exciting feature.",
1956                    "How will I know which courses offer these exams?\nIf a course includes a practice test you will see the banner below posted on the course landing page.",
1957                    "Note that the courses that have “Practice Tests” in the title only contain practice tests.",
1958                    "Is there an additional charge to take the practice test?\nNo. If a course offers a practice test it will be included in the course purchase. You will not need to pay any additional fee to take the practice test.",
1959                    "Can I take the practice test more than once?\nAbsolutely. Just like our quiz feature, you can go back and retake the practice exam as many times as you wish.",
1960                    "Once you have completed the exam, the option to “Retake Test”  ” will appear on the right hand side. Just click on that and you can retake the practice test.",
1961                    "Will I be notified if I take longer than the time allotted to complete the exam?",
1962                    "Yes. The practice tests include a timer, which is set to match the same amount of time that’s allowed for the official, certifying exam. If you go past the time allotted, the practice test will alert you.",
1963                    "Do I have to finish the exam once I’ve started it? Or can I pause it and return to the practice test later?\nIf you need to leave during the practice test, or decide that you want to work on something else, the feature will automatically pause the exam and the test’s timer. So, when you’re ready to return to the practice test you can resume where you left off!",
1964                    "How do I submit my answer for the question?",
1965                    "Once you’ve selected the answer you wish to enter, click on Next at the bottom right of the practice test screen.",
1966                    "You can also click on the “Mark For Review” button at the bottom left, for questions you would like to take a closer look at after you complete the test.",
1967                    "Will the practice test show my final score?\nYes. When you’ve completed the practice test your final score will be posted. In addition, the ratio of correct answers versus incorrect answers you entered will be shown, based on knowledge area. You can also review all your answers by clicking on “Review Questions”.",
1968                    "Can I review my answers?",
1969                    "Yes. You can review all the answers you submitted by clicking on “Review Questions” after you’ve completed an exam, and see which questions you got right or wrong. You can also search through them for specific subjects in the exam using the “Knowledge Areas” filter. By clicking on the “All Questions” filter you’ll be able to select the questions you would like to review (correct, incorrect, skipped, marked for review.)",
1970                    "Do practice test-only courses offer Certificates of Completion?",
1971                    "No. Currently courses that only include practice tests, and no other curriculum items like lectures, quizzes etc, do not offer a Certificate of Completion.",
1972                    " ",
1973                    "If you have any additional questions regarding the practice tests please contact Udemy Support. ",
1974                    " "
1975                ],
1976                "ALTERNATIVE_TITLE": [
1977                    "Will I be notified if I take longer than the time allotted to complete the exam?",
1978                    "How do I submit my answer for the question?",
1979                    "Can I review my answers?",
1980                    "Do practice test-only courses offer Certificates of Completion?"
1981                ]
1982            }
1983        },
1984        {
1985            "TITLE": "Archiving a Course (Substitute for Unenroll)",
1986            "fields": {
1987                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/231583427-Archiving-a-Course-Substitute-for-Unenroll-",
1988                "PARAGRAPHS": [
1989                    "If you wish to remove a course from your My Courses page, you can quickly do so by archiving it. Archiving a course moves it to the Archived page of your account, but does not prevent you from accessing it.",
1990                    "Please note, however, that archiving a course does not grant a refund. To learn how to request a refund, click here. ",
1991                    "How to Archive a Course From the Course Dashboard",
1992                    "Click Go to Dashboard in the top right hand side of the video player\nNext, click Options on the right-hand side of the course dashboard\nClick Archive this course\n\nThe archived course will now appear on the Archived page of My Courses. ",
1993                    "How to Archive a Course From My Courses",
1994                    "You can also quickly archive courses from your My Courses page.",
1995                    "Navigate to the My Courses page in your account\nClick on the vertical ellipses on the course card\nClick Archive\n\n\nThe archived course will appear on the Archived page.",
1996                    "If you wish to unarchive a course, you can do so by navigating to the Archived page, and following the same steps outlined above. ",
1997                    "Please note: Archiving a course will not automatically unsubscribe you from instructor emails about the course. If you'd like to opt-out of these emails, please manually adjust your course email settings."
1998                ]
1999            }
2000        },
2001        {
2002            "TITLE": "Using the Bulk File Uploader ",
2003            "fields": {
2004                "URL": "https:\/\/support.udemy.com\/hc\/en-us\/articles\/231537528-Using-the-Bulk-File-Uploader-",
2005                "PARAGRAPHS": [
2006                    "By using the bulk file uploader not only can you can upload multiple files to your course at once, you can access files you may have stored with services like Facebook and Google Drive. The bulk file uploader also lists all the files that have been uploaded, when they were uploaded and whether the upload was successful. ",
2007                    "Accessing the Bulk File Uploader",
2008                    "You can access the new file uploader by clicking on the course you wish to edit, on the Instructor Dashboard. The Bulk Uploader icon is posted on the right hand side of the Course Roadmap page.",
2009                    "Uploading Files From Your Computer",
2010                    "You can select the files you wish to upload from your computer, and begin the uploading process, by clicking on Choose Files or by dragging the files onto the file uploader page. For more information on what files are supported by the platform, and whether they can be added as a lecture or an additional resource, please click here.",
2011                    "Adding Files From External Hosts",
2012                    "You can also access files you may have stored with services like Facebook and Google Drive, and then add them to course library via the Bulk Uploader. Click on the location where the file is, and you will be prompted to establish a connection to the file's host.    Once you have selected the file you would like to add to the course, click on Upload on the bottom right. If the upload is successful, an Upload Complete notification will appear.",
2013                    "Un-linking Integrated Apps From the Bulk Uploader​",
2014                    "After you have linked an external host to the Bulk Uploader, you may decide you wish to unlink it. You can do this for all the services the uploader supports [Dropbox, Facebook, Google Drive, Box, Amazon Cloud Drive, OneDrive], by logging into any of the apps you granted the bulk uploader access to [integrated app]. Then you can revoke the Bulk Uploader's access from there.  Example: Dropbox 1) After being granted the Bulk Uploader access to Dropbox you should receive an email like below.     2) Click on the \"account page\" and you will be redirected to your account (notice the Udemy Filestack (Bulk Uploader).    3). Click on \"X\" and the Bulk Uploader's access will be revoked from Dropbox. Please note: for all other file services, you can revoke access by disabling Filepicker as an app that is connected to Udemy.",
2015                    "Adding Files Using the Click and Drag Option",
2016                    "Files can also be added to your library by clicking on the file you wish to add, and then by dragging it onto the bulk file uploader page where it says Drag files here. To complete the process, click on Upload on the bottom right. Please note: it may take a moment or two before the Upload option appears, after you drag the files onto the page. If the upload is successful, an Upload Complete notification will appear.",
2017                    "File Management \nThe filenames that have been added to your library will be listed below the uploading options.The file's type and upload date is also included to the right of the filename. There is also a Status column, which lists whether a file uploaded correctly by stating Success or Failed. If the upload has not been finalized yet you will see Processing.  To delete a file from your library, click on the trash can icon on the right hand side. Please note that deleting a file from your library cannot be undone.",
2018                    "For more information on how to manage your library please click here.",
2019                    "Adding Files From Your Library to Your Course\nYou can access your library to add content to your course, by clicking on Add From Library as you create or edit your lectures. For more information on creating a new lecture, please click here. To learn how to edit or update the content of an existing lecture, please click here.   Please note that Mashup lectures are created using the browser uploader, and as a result, the files in your library cannot be accessed to build this type of lecture. For instructions on how to create a Mashup lecture please refer to this article.   Closed captioning files are also added to lectures using the browser uploader, and cannot be added to a lecture from your library.   For additional information on how to add closed captions to your lectures, please click here."
2020                ]
2021            }
2022        }
2023    ]
2024}